Copy config removing sensitive data

7 years ago · 490e0c86c5
parent d15767a938
commit 490e0c86c5
89 changed files with 12214 additions and 0 deletions
--- a/.bash_logout
+++ b/.bash_logout
@ -0,0 +1 @@
+bash_logout
--- a/.bash_profile
+++ b/.bash_profile
@ -0,0 +1 @@
+bash_profile
--- a/.bashrc
+++ b/.bashrc
@ -0,0 +1 @@
+bashrc
--- a/.bin
+++ b/.bin
@ -0,0 +1 @@
+bin
--- a/.config
+++ b/.config
@ -0,0 +1 @@
+config
--- a/.conky
+++ b/.conky
@ -0,0 +1 @@
+.config/conky/
--- a/.gitconfig
+++ b/.gitconfig
@ -0,0 +1 @@
+gitconfig
--- a/.local
+++ b/.local
@ -0,0 +1 @@
+local
--- a/Templates/article.latex
+++ b/Templates/article.latex
@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+\documentclass[12pt]{article}
+
+\usepackage{geometry} % Required for adjusting page dimensions
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\usepackage{amsthm}
+\usepackage{amssymb}
+\usepackage{amsfonts}
+\usepackage{longtable}
+\usepackage{booktabs}
+\usepackage[UKenglish]{babel}
+\geometry{
+	paper=a4paper, % Change to letterpaper for US letter
+	top=3cm, % Top margin
+	bottom=1.5cm, % Bottom margin
+	left=4.5cm, % Left margin
+	right=4.5cm, % Right margin
+	%showframe, % Uncomment to show how the type block is set on the page
+}
+
+\title{<++>}
+\author{Jonathan Hodgson}
+\date{\today}
+
+
+\begin{document}
+\maketitle
+
+
+\section{<++>}
+<++>
+
+
+\end{document}
--- a/Templates/html
+++ b/Templates/html
@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<html lang="en">
+<head>
+	<meta charset="UTF-8">
+	<title><++></title>
+	<++> 
+</head>
+<body>
+	<++> 
+</body>
+</html>
+
--- a/Templates/latex
+++ b/Templates/latex
@ -0,0 +1 @@
+article.latex
--- a/Templates/letter.latex
+++ b/Templates/letter.latex
@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+\documentclass[12pt,stdletter,orderfromtodate,sigleft,a4paper,dateleft,addrfromemail,addrfromphone]{newlfm}
+\usepackage{blindtext, xfrac}
+\usepackage{longtable}
+\usepackage{booktabs}
+\usepackage[UKenglish]{babel}
+
+\newcommand{\latex}{\LaTeX}
+ 
+\newlfmP{dateskipbefore=20pt}
+\newlfmP{sigsize=20pt}
+\newlfmP{sigskipbefore=50pt}
+ 
+\newlfmP{Headlinewd=0pt,Footlinewd=0pt}
+ 
+\namefrom{Jonathan Hodgson}
+\addrfrom{Cherrydown \\ The Meadows \\ Station Road \\ Cotton \\ Stowmarket \\ Suffolk \\ IP14 4NZ \\
+}
+\phonefrom{07753 492267}
+\emailfrom{jonathan@lunarweb.co.uk}
+ 
+\nameto{<+Recipient Name+>}
+\addrto{%
+	<+Recipient Address+>
+}
+ 
+\dateset{\today}
+\regarding{<+Subject+>}
+ 
+\greetto{<+Dear Sir or Madam+>}
+\closeline{Yours sincerely,} %Sincerly if you know the name. Failthfully if you don't
+ 
+\begin{document}
+\begin{newlfm}
+
+	<+Message+>
+\end{newlfm}
+\end{document}
--- a/Templates/oldletter.latex
+++ b/Templates/oldletter.latex
@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+%	DOCUMENT CONFIGURATION
+%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+\documentclass[12pt,a4paper,stdletter,sigleft]{newlfm} % 10pt font size default, 11pt and 12pt are also possible
+
+
+%\longindentation=0pt % Un-commenting this line will push the closing "Sincerely," to the left of the page
+
+
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} % Output font encoding for international characters
+\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} % Required for inputting international characters
+\usepackage[UKenglish]{babel}
+\usepackage{stix} % Use the Stix font by default
+
+\usepackage{microtype} % Improve justification
+
+%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+%	YOUR NAME & ADDRESS SECTION
+%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+\signature{Jonathan Hodgson} % Your name for the signature at the bottom
+
+\address{Cherrydown \\ The Meadows \\ Station Road \\ Cotton \\ Stowmarket \\ Suffolk \\ IP14 4NZ \\ 07753 492267} % Your address and phone number
+
+%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+\begin{document}
+
+%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+%	ADDRESSEE SECTION
+%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+\begin{letter}{<++>} % Name/title of the addressee{Recipient Name \\ Recipient Address}
+
+%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+%	LETTER CONTENT SECTION
+%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+\opening{\textbf{Dear Sir or Madam,}}
+
+<++>
+
+Thank you for your time and consideration.
+
+I look forward to your reply.
+
+\vspace{2\parskip} % Extra whitespace for aesthetics
+\closing{Yours failthfully,}
+\vspace{2\parskip} % Extra whitespace for aesthetics
+
+%\ps{P.S. You can find additional information attached to this letter.} % Postscript text, comment this line to remove it
+
+%\encl{Copyright permission form} % Enclosures with the letter, comment this line to remove it
+
+%----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+\end{letter}
+ 
+\end{document}
--- a/3
+++ b/3
@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+#
+# ~/.bash_logout
+#
--- a/10
+++ b/10
@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#
+# ~/.bash_profile
+#
+
+
+[[ -f ~/.bashrc ]] && . ~/.bashrc
+
+
+
+
--- a/344
+++ b/344
@ -0,0 +1,344 @@
+#
+# ~/.bashrc
+#
+
+# If not running interactively, don't do anything
+[[ $- != *i* ]] && return
+
+export TERMINAL=/usr/bin/konsole
+export TERM=xterm-256color
+export PATH=~/.bin:/opt/lampp/bin:$PATH:.
+export EDITOR=vim
+export CDPATH=.:~:~/Sites
+
+#Ruby things
+#GEM_HOME=$(ls -t -U | ruby -e 'puts Gem.user_dir')
+#GEM_PATH=$GEM_HOME
+#export PATH=$PATH:$GEM_HOME/bin
+#export GEM_HOME=$(ruby -e 'print Gem.user_dir')
+
+big-chromium () {
+	chromium --force-device-scale-factor=$1
+}
+
+big-new-chromium () {
+	chromium-snapshot-bin --force-device-scale-factor=$1
+}
+
+#Swap two files
+function swap() {
+	mv $1 $1._tmp;
+	mv $2 $1;
+	mv $1._tmp $2;
+}
+
+function old() {
+	mv "$1" "$1.old"
+}
+
+#This prints the current working directory after doing a cd"
+cdls(){
+	cd "$@"
+	ls -F --color=auto
+}
+
+#Takes you to the aquarius theme
+function aquarius() {
+	public_html=${PWD%/public_html*}/public_html
+	if [ -d $public_html ]; then
+		theme=$public_html/wp-content/themes
+		if [ -d $theme ]; then
+			cdls $theme/aquarius
+		else
+			echo " Can't find theme folder "
+		fi
+	else
+		echo " Can't find public_html folder."
+	fi
+}
+
+#Takes you to the child theme
+function theme() {
+	public_html=${PWD%/public_html*}/public_html
+	if [ -d $public_html ]; then
+		theme=$public_html/wp-content/themes
+		if [ -d $theme ]; then
+			child=$(ls -d $theme/*/ | grep -v "$theme\/aquarius" | grep -v "$theme\/twenty*" | grep -v "$theme\/barelycorporate" -m 1)
+			cdls $child
+		else
+			echo " Can't find theme folder "
+		fi
+	else
+		echo " Can't find public_html folder."
+	fi
+}
+
+########################################
+##                                    ##
+##         Search Functions           ##
+##                                    ##
+########################################
+
+#These search functions use grep to search all sub-folders of the current working directory
+searchjs() {
+	# This will search through .js and .es6 files but won't search minified files
+	grep -r -i -n --color="auto" --include=\*.{js,es6} --exclude=\*.min.js "$1" .
+}
+searchcss() {
+	# This will search through .css and .less files but won't search minified files
+	grep -r -i -n --color="auto" --include=\*.{css,less} --exclude=\*.min.css "$1" .
+}
+searchphp() {
+	grep -r -i -n --color="auto" --include="*.php" "$1" .
+}
+
+# This makes cd use function above
+alias cd="cdls"
+
+# These alow me to easily set the file and folder permissions for a wordpress instilation.
+alias folder-perms='find . -type d -not -path "./.git/*" -not -path "./.git" -exec chmod 775 {} \;'
+alias file-perms='find . -type f -not -path "./.git/*" -not -path "./.git" -exec chmod 664 {} \;'
+alias wp-perms='folder-perms; file-perms'
+
+# Make ls add Indicators to file names and colour the output
+alias ls='ls -F --color=auto'
+
+# Make tree add indicators and color
+alias tree='tree -F -C'
+
+#Start cups
+alias cups='sudo systemctl start org.cups.cupsd.service'
+
+#Start network manager
+alias net='sudo systemctl start NetworkManager.service'
+
+# Alias lampp because I don't want to clog my PATH
+alias lampp='/opt/lampp/lampp'
+alias glampp='gksudo /opt/lampp/manager-linux-x64.run'
+
+#Always make all directories necesary
+alias mkdir='mkdir -p'
+
+# Shortcut for rewriting wp permalinks
+alias perms='wp rewrite flush'
+
+#Clear terminal and screenfetch
+alias cls='clear; screenfetch'
+
+#An alias for my standard less configuration
+#I don't set it to lessc because sometimes I don't use this config and I always forget how to ignore an alias
+#alias myless='lessc --clean-css --source-map-basepath=/home/jonathan/Sites/charts/public_html --source-map --autoprefix="last 3 versions, ie >= 9" styles.less styles.min.css'
+alias myless='lessc --clean-css --source-map --autoprefix="last 3 versions, ie >= 9" styles.less styles.min.css'
+
+# Git shortcuts
+alias status='git status '
+alias st='git status'
+alias checkout='git checkout'
+alias ch='git checkout'
+alias push='git push '
+alias pull='git pull '
+alias bb='git open'
+
+# Always make grep ouput color
+alias grep="grep --color=auto"
+
+# Shortcuts to sites folder
+alias sites="cd ~/Sites"
+alias s="cd ~/Sites"
+
+# Shortcuts to documents folder
+alias documents="cd ~/Documents/"
+alias d="cd ~/Documents/"
+
+# Shortcuts to home folder
+alias home="cd ~/"
+alias ~="cd ~/"
+
+#Goes up to the public_html folder
+alias ph='cd ${PWD%/public_html*}/public_html'
+
+# Quit the terminal using :q (The same as Vi/Vim)
+alias :q='exit;'
+
+# Not sure why and how but this makes sudo work with my aliases
+alias sudo='sudo '
+
+#Make the cal command default to start on Sunday
+alias cal='cal -s'
+
+# update the third party wordpress plugins we are mirroring
+alias u3p='update3rdPartyPlugins'
+
+# Edit my bashrc
+alias brc='$EDITOR ~/.bashrc'
+
+# Edit my vimrc
+alias vrc='$EDITOR ~/.vimrc'
+
+# Go to my .vim folder
+alias .v='cd ~/.vim/'
+# Go to my dotfiles folder
+if [[ $(hostname) == "jonathansnuc" ]]; then
+	#Please don't judge - This is a reminant from first days of version controlling dotfiles
+	alias df='cd ~/Downloads/laptopConfig/'
+else
+	alias df='cd ~/.dotfiles'
+fi
+
+#Old ps1
+#PS1='[\u@\h \W]\$ '
+
+
+# bash completion for the `wp` command
+_wp_complete() {
+	local OLD_IFS="$IFS"
+	local cur=${COMP_WORDS[COMP_CWORD]}
+	IFS=$'\n';  # want to preserve spaces at the end
+	local opts="$(wp cli completions --line="$COMP_LINE" --point="$COMP_POINT")"
+	if [[ "$opts" =~ \<file\>\s* ]]
+	then
+		COMPREPLY=( $(compgen -f -- $cur) )
+	elif [[ $opts = "" ]]
+	then
+		COMPREPLY=( $(compgen -f -- $cur) )
+	else
+		COMPREPLY=( ${opts[*]} )
+	fi
+	IFS="$OLD_IFS"
+	return 0
+}
+complete -o nospace -F _wp_complete wp
+
+export GIT_PS1_SHOWDIRTYSTATE=1  # Show the +(Staged) or *(unstaged) next to branch name for
+export GIT_PS1_SHOWUNTRACKEDFILES=1  # Show the %(Untracked) next to branch name
+export GIT_PS1_SHOWUPSTREAM="auto"
+
+source /usr/share/git/completion/git-completion.bash
+source /usr/share/git/completion/git-prompt.sh
+
+############################################
+##                                        ##
+##         Colours for output             ##
+##                                        ##
+############################################
+#{{{
+# Reset
+Color_Off="\[\033[0m\]"       # Text Reset
+
+# Regular Colors
+Black="\[\033[0;30m\]"        # Black
+Red="\[\033[0;31m\]"          # Red
+Green="\[\033[0;32m\]"        # Green
+Yellow="\[\033[0;33m\]"       # Yellow
+Blue="\[\033[0;34m\]"         # Blue
+Purple="\[\033[0;35m\]"       # Purple
+Cyan="\[\033[0;36m\]"         # Cyan
+White="\[\033[0;37m\]"        # White
+
+# Bold
+BBlack="\[\033[1;30m\]"       # Black
+BRed="\[\033[1;31m\]"         # Red
+BGreen="\[\033[1;32m\]"       # Green
+BYellow="\[\033[1;33m\]"      # Yellow
+BBlue="\[\033[1;34m\]"        # Blue
+BPurple="\[\033[1;35m\]"      # Purple
+BCyan="\[\033[1;36m\]"        # Cyan
+BWhite="\[\033[1;37m\]"       # White
+
+# Underline
+UBlack="\[\033[4;30m\]"       # Black
+URed="\[\033[4;31m\]"         # Red
+UGreen="\[\033[4;32m\]"       # Green
+UYellow="\[\033[4;33m\]"      # Yellow
+UBlue="\[\033[4;34m\]"        # Blue
+UPurple="\[\033[4;35m\]"      # Purple
+UCyan="\[\033[4;36m\]"        # Cyan
+UWhite="\[\033[4;37m\]"       # White
+
+# Background
+On_Black="\[\033[40m\]"       # Black
+On_Red="\[\033[41m\]"         # Red
+On_Green="\[\033[42m\]"       # Green
+On_Yellow="\[\033[43m\]"      # Yellow
+On_Blue="\[\033[44m\]"        # Blue
+On_Purple="\[\033[45m\]"      # Purple
+On_Cyan="\[\033[46m\]"        # Cyan
+On_White="\[\033[47m\]"       # White
+
+# High Intensty
+IBlack="\[\033[0;90m\]"       # Black
+IRed="\[\033[0;91m\]"         # Red
+IGreen="\[\033[0;92m\]"       # Green
+IYellow="\[\033[0;93m\]"      # Yellow
+IBlue="\[\033[0;94m\]"        # Blue
+IPurple="\[\033[0;95m\]"      # Purple
+ICyan="\[\033[0;96m\]"        # Cyan
+IWhite="\[\033[0;97m\]"       # White
+
+# Bold High Intensty
+BIBlack="\[\033[1;90m\]"      # Black
+BIRed="\[\033[1;91m\]"        # Red
+BIGreen="\[\033[1;92m\]"      # Green
+BIYellow="\[\033[1;93m\]"     # Yellow
+BIBlue="\[\033[1;94m\]"       # Blue
+BIPurple="\[\033[1;95m\]"     # Purple
+BICyan="\[\033[1;96m\]"       # Cyan
+BIWhite="\[\033[1;97m\]"      # White
+
+# High Intensty backgrounds
+On_IBlack="\[\033[0;100m\]"   # Black
+On_IRed="\[\033[0;101m\]"     # Red
+On_IGreen="\[\033[0;102m\]"   # Green
+On_IYellow="\[\033[0;103m\]"  # Yellow
+On_IBlue="\[\033[0;104m\]"    # Blue
+On_IPurple="\[\033[10;95m\]"  # Purple
+On_ICyan="\[\033[0;106m\]"    # Cyan
+On_IWhite="\[\033[0;107m\]"   # White
+#}}}
+# Various variables you might want for your PS1 prompt instead
+Time12h="\T"
+Time12a="\@"
+PathShort="\w"
+PathFull="\W"
+NewLine="\n"
+Jobs="\j"
+Username="\u"
+
+# Default PS1
+# \u@\h [\w]$
+export PS1=$Username" "$Yellow$PathShort$Color_Off'$(git branch &>/dev/null;\
+if [ $? -eq 0 ]; then \
+  echo "$(echo `git status` | grep "nothing to commit" > /dev/null 2>&1; \
+  if [ "$?" -eq "0" ]; then \
+    echo "'$Green'"$(__git_ps1 " (%s)");\
+  else \
+    echo "'$Red'"$(__git_ps1 " (%s)");\
+  fi)"; \
+fi)'$Color_Off'\$ '
+
+# export PS1="\[\033[0;97m\]\u \[\033[0;33m\]\w"'$(git branch &>/dev/null;\
+# if [ $? -eq 0 ]; then \
+#   echo "$(echo `git status` | grep "nothing to commit" > /dev/null 2>&1; \
+#   if [ "$?" -eq "0" ]; then \
+#     echo "\[\033[0;32m\]"$(__git_ps1 " (%s)");\
+#   else \
+#     echo "\[\033[0;91m\]"$(__git_ps1 " (%s)");\
+#   fi)"; \
+# fi)\[\033[0m\]\$ '
+function _update_ps1() {
+    export PS1="$(~/.config/powerline-shell/powerline-shell.py $? 2> /dev/null)"
+}
+
+if [ "$TERM" != "linux" ]; then
+    PROMPT_COMMAND="_update_ps1; $PROMPT_COMMAND"
+fi
+
+[ -r "$HOME/.smartcd_config" ] && ( [ -n $BASH_VERSION ] || [ -n $ZSH_VERSION ] ) && source ~/.smartcd_config
+
+#If on work computer, cd into sites
+
+clear
+screenfetch
+set -o vi
+
+# vim: foldmethod=marker
--- a/bin/addhost
+++ b/bin/addhost
@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+#!/usr/bin/bash
+if [ $1 ]; then
+	case $1 in
+		-h|--help)
+			echo "Add entrys to your hosts file"
+			echo ""
+			echo -e "addhost domain.com\t\t\t\tadds domain.com to your hosts and points to local machine"
+			echo -e "addhost (alex|aaron|jonathan) domain.com\tadds domain.com to your hosts and points to persons machine"
+			;;
+		alex)
+			echo -e "10.0.1.201\t$2" | sudo tee -a /etc/hosts
+			;;
+		aaron)
+			echo -e "10.0.1.202\t$2" | sudo tee -a /etc/hosts
+			;;
+		jonathan)
+			echo -e "10.0.1.203\t$2" | sudo tee -a /etc/hosts
+			;;
+		*)
+			echo -e "127.0.0.1\t$1" | sudo tee -a /etc/hosts
+			;;
+	esac
+else
+	echo "You need to add at least a domain"
+fi
+
--- a/bin/capslock
+++ b/bin/capslock
@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+#!/usr/bin/bash
+v=$(xset -q | grep Caps)
+echo ${v:7:17}
--- a/bin/code-to-pdf
+++ b/bin/code-to-pdf
@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env bash
+
+TITLE="$1"
+shift
+
+enscript -1 --media=A4 \
+    --toc \
+    --header '%H - $N | | page $% of $= in file $v' \
+    --font "Menlo-Regular@8.5" \
+    --header-font "Menlo-Bold@10" \
+    --margins=60:60:18:60 \
+    --fancy-header=sjl \
+    --title $TITLE \
+    --baselineskip 3 \
+    --line-numbers \
+    --highlight \
+    --color \
+    --mark-wrapped-lines=arrow \
+    -p - \
+    --word-wrap $* \
+    | ps2pdf -i -o code.pdf
+
--- a/bin/csvtomd
+++ b/bin/csvtomd
@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env python3
+
+"""
+csvtomd 0.2.1
+
+Convert your CSV files into Markdown tables.
+
+More info: http://github.com/mplewis/csvtomd
+"""
+
+import argparse
+import csv
+import sys
+
+
+def check_negative(value):
+    try:
+        ivalue = int(value)
+    except ValueError:
+        raise argparse.ArgumentTypeError(
+            '"%s" must be an integer' % value)
+    if ivalue < 0:
+        raise argparse.ArgumentTypeError(
+            '"%s" must not be a negative value' % value)
+    return ivalue
+
+
+def pad_to(unpadded, target_len):
+    """
+    Pad a string to the target length in characters, or return the original
+    string if it's longer than the target length.
+    """
+    under = target_len - len(unpadded)
+    if under <= 0:
+        return unpadded
+    return unpadded + (' ' * under)
+
+
+def normalize_cols(table):
+    """
+    Pad short rows to the length of the longest row to help render "jagged"
+    CSV files
+    """
+    longest_row_len = max([len(row) for row in table])
+    for row in table:
+        while len(row) < longest_row_len:
+            row.append('')
+    return table
+
+
+def pad_cells(table):
+    """Pad each cell to the size of the largest cell in its column."""
+    col_sizes = [max(map(len, col)) for col in zip(*table)]
+    for row in table:
+        for cell_num, cell in enumerate(row):
+            row[cell_num] = pad_to(cell, col_sizes[cell_num])
+    return table
+
+
+def horiz_div(col_widths, horiz, vert, padding):
+    """
+    Create the column dividers for a table with given column widths.
+
+    col_widths: list of column widths
+    horiz: the character to use for a horizontal divider
+    vert: the character to use for a vertical divider
+    padding: amount of padding to add to each side of a column
+    """
+    horizs = [horiz * w for w in col_widths]
+    div = ''.join([padding * horiz, vert, padding * horiz])
+    return div.join(horizs)
+
+
+def add_dividers(row, divider, padding):
+    """Add dividers and padding to a row of cells and return a string."""
+    div = ''.join([padding * ' ', divider, padding * ' '])
+    return div.join(row)
+
+
+def md_table(table, *, padding=1, divider='|', header_div='-'):
+    """
+    Convert a 2D array of items into a Markdown table.
+
+    padding: the number of padding spaces on either side of each divider
+    divider: the vertical divider to place between columns
+    header_div: the horizontal divider to place between the header row and
+        body cells
+    """
+    table = normalize_cols(table)
+    table = pad_cells(table)
+    header = table[0]
+    body = table[1:]
+
+    col_widths = [len(cell) for cell in header]
+    horiz = horiz_div(col_widths, header_div, divider, padding)
+
+    header = add_dividers(header, divider, padding)
+    body = [add_dividers(row, divider, padding) for row in body]
+
+    table = [header, horiz]
+    table.extend(body)
+    table = [row.rstrip() for row in table]
+    return '\n'.join(table)
+
+
+def csv_to_table(file, delimiter):
+    return list(csv.reader(file, delimiter=delimiter))
+
+
+def main():
+    parser = argparse.ArgumentParser(
+        description='Read one or more CSV files and output their contents in '
+                    'the form of Markdown tables.')
+    parser.add_argument('files', metavar='csv_file', type=str, nargs='*',
+                        default=['-'],
+                        help="One or more CSV files to be converted. "
+                        "Use - for stdin.")
+    parser.add_argument('-n', '--no-filenames', action='store_false',
+                        dest='show_filenames',
+                        help="Don't display filenames when outputting "
+                             "multiple Markdown tables.")
+    parser.add_argument('-p', '--padding', type=check_negative, default=2,
+                        help="The number of spaces to add between table cells "
+                             "and column dividers. Default is 2 spaces.")
+    parser.add_argument('-d', '--delimiter', default=',',
+                        help='The delimiter to use when parsing CSV data. '
+                             'Default is "%(default)s"')
+
+    args = parser.parse_args()
+    first = True
+
+    if '-' in args.files and len(args.files) > 1:
+        print('Standard input can only be used alone.', file=sys.stderr)
+        exit(1)
+    for file_num, filename in enumerate(args.files):
+        # Print space between consecutive tables
+        if not first:
+            print('')
+        else:
+            first = False
+        # Read the CSV files
+        if filename == '-':
+            table = csv_to_table(sys.stdin, args.delimiter)
+        else:
+            with open(filename, 'rU') as f:
+                table = csv_to_table(f, args.delimiter)
+        # Print filename for each table if --no-filenames wasn't passed and
+        # more than one CSV was provided
+        file_count = len(args.files)
+        if args.show_filenames and file_count > 1:
+            print(filename + '\n')
+        # Generate and print Markdown table
+        print(md_table(table, padding=args.padding))
+
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+    main()
--- a/bin/extract
+++ b/bin/extract
@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+#!/usr/bin/bash
+
+if [ -f $1 ] ; then
+	case $1 in
+		*.tar.bz2)
+			if [ "$2" ]; then
+				tar xvjf $1 -C $2
+			else
+				tar xvjf $1
+			fi
+			;;
+		*.tar.gz)
+			if [ "$2" ]; then
+				tar xvzf $1 -C $2
+			else
+				tar xvzf $1
+			fi
+			;;
+		*.bz2)
+			if [ "$2" ]; then
+				bunzip -c $1 > $2
+			else
+				bunzip $1
+			fi
+			;;
+		#*.rar)       rar x $1       ;;
+		*.gz)
+			if [ "$2" ]; then
+				gunzip -c $1 > $2
+			else
+				gunzip $1
+			fi
+			;;
+		*.tar)
+			if [ "$2" ]; then
+				tar xvf $1 -C $2
+			else
+				tar xvf $1
+			fi
+			;;
+		*.tbz2)
+			if [ "$2" ]; then
+				tar xvjf $1 -C $2
+			else
+				tar xvjf $1
+			fi
+			;;
+		*.tgz)
+			if [ "$2" ]; then
+				tar xvzf $1 -C $2
+			else
+				tar xvzf $1
+			fi
+			;;
+		*.zip)
+			if [ "$2" ]; then
+				unzip $1 -d $2
+			else
+				unzip $1
+			fi
+			;;
+		*.Z)
+			if [ "$2" ]; then
+				uncompress -c $1 > $2
+			else
+				uncompress $1
+			fi
+			;;
+		*.7z)
+			if [ "$2" ]; then
+				7z x $1 -o$2
+			else
+				7z x $1
+			fi
+			;;
+		*)           echo "don't know how to extract '$1'..." ;;
+	esac
+else
+	echo "'$1' is not a valid file!"
+fi
--- a/bin/git-cleaner
+++ b/bin/git-cleaner
@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+#!/usr/bin/bash
+
+function help() {
+cat <<HELP
+Git Clean 
+https://jonathanh.co.uk
+
+Some code came from Ben Alman
+http://benalman.com/
+
+
+Usage: $(basename "$0") [command]
+
+Commands:
+	clean      Remove current unstaged changes/untracked files**
+	cleanall   Remove all saved tags, unstaged changes and untracked files**
+
+** This action is destructive and cannot be undone!
+
+Description:
+	Cleans unstaged changes and untracked files
+
+Copyright (c) 2014 "Cowboy" Ben Alman
+Licensed under the MIT license.
+http://benalman.com/about/license/
+HELP
+}
+
+function usage() {
+  echo "Usage: $(basename "$0") [clean | cleanall]"
+}
+
+function git_head_sha() {
+  git rev-parse --short HEAD
+}
+
+# Get absolute path to root of Git repo
+function git_repo_toplevel() {
+  git rev-parse --show-toplevel
+}
+
+# Clean (permanently) current changes and remove the current saved tag
+function clean() {
+  local head_sha=$(git_head_sha)
+  git tag -d "git-jump-$head_sha" &>/dev/null
+  if [[ $? == 0 ]]; then
+    echo "Removed stored data for commit $head_sha."
+  fi
+  local repo_root="$(git_repo_toplevel)"
+  git reset HEAD "$repo_root" >/dev/null
+  git clean -f -d -q -- "$repo_root" >/dev/null
+  git checkout -- "$repo_root" >/dev/null
+  echo "Unstaged changes and untracked files removed."
+}
+
+# Remove (permanently) all saved tags
+function clean_all_tags() {
+  git for-each-ref refs/tags --format='%(refname:short)' | \
+  while read tag; do
+    if [[ "$tag" =~ ^git-jump- ]]; then
+      git tag -d "$tag"
+    fi
+  done
+}
+
+# Handle CLI arguments
+if [[ "$1" == "clean" ]]; then
+  clean
+elif [[ "$1" == "cleanall" ]]; then
+  clean_all_tags
+  clean
+else
+  usage
+  exit 1
+fi
--- a/bin/git-delete-submodule
+++ b/bin/git-delete-submodule
@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env bash
+
+test -z "$1" && echo "submodule required" 1>&2 && exit 1
+#cd "$(git root)"
+test ! -f .gitmodules && echo ".gitmodules file not found" 1>&2 && exit 2
+
+NAME="$(echo "$1" | sed 's/\/$//g')"
+test -z \
+    "$(git config --file=.gitmodules submodule."$NAME".url)" \
+    && echo "submodule not found" 1>&2 && exit 3
+
+# 1. Delete the relevant section from .git/config and clean submodule files
+git submodule deinit -f "$NAME" || exit 4
+rmdir "$NAME"
+rm -rf .git/modules/"$NAME"
+# 2. Delete the relevant line from .gitmodules
+git config --file=.gitmodules --remove-section submodule."$NAME"
+git add .gitmodules
+# 3. Run git rm --cached path_to_submodule
+git rm --cached -rf "$NAME"
+# 4. Need to confirm and commit the changes for yourself
+echo
+echo "Now submodule $NAME is deleted."
+echo 'Confirm with `git submodule status` and commit the changes for yourself.'
--- a/bin/git-jump
+++ b/bin/git-jump
@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+#!/usr/bin/bash
+
+function help() {
+cat <<HELP
+Git Jump (Forward & Back)
+http://benalman.com/
+
+Modified slightly by Jonathan Hodgson
+https://jonathanh.co.uk/
+
+Copyright (c) 2017 Jonathan Hodgson
+Licensed under the MIT license.
+https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MIT_License
+
+Usage: $(basename "$0") [command]
+
+Commands:
+  next       Jump forward to the next commit in this branch
+  prev       Jump backward to the next commit in this branch
+
+
+Git config:
+  git-jump.branch   Branch to jump through. If not set, defaults to master
+
+Description:
+  "Replay" Git commits by moving forward / backward through a branch's
+  history. Before jumping, any current unstaged changes and untracked
+  files are saved in a tag for later retrieval, which is restored when
+  jumped back to.
+
+Original Licence:
+Copyright (c) 2014 "Cowboy" Ben Alman
+Licensed under the MIT license.
+http://benalman.com/about/license/
+HELP
+}
+
+function usage() {
+  echo "Usage: $(basename "$0") [next | prev]"
+}
+
+# Get branch stored in Git config or default to master
+git_branch="$(git config git-jump.branch || echo "master")"
+
+# Get some (short) SHAs
+function git_branch_sha() {
+  git rev-parse --short "$git_branch"
+}
+function git_head_sha() {
+  git rev-parse --short HEAD
+}
+function git_prev_sha() {
+  git log --format='%h' "$git_branch" "$@" | awk "/^$(git_head_sha)/{getline; print}"
+}
+function git_next_sha() {
+  git_prev_sha --reverse
+}
+
+# Get absolute path to root of Git repo
+function git_repo_toplevel() {
+  git rev-parse --show-toplevel
+}
+
+# Get subject of specified commit
+function git_commit_subject() {
+  git log --format='%s' -n 1 $1
+}
+
+# Save changes for later retrieval
+function save() {
+  local status=""
+  local head_sha=$(git_head_sha)
+  # Checkout current HEAD by SHA to force detached state
+  git checkout -q $head_sha
+  # Add all files in repo
+  git add "$(git_repo_toplevel)"
+  # Commit changes (if there were any)
+  git commit --no-verify -m "Git Jump: saved changes for $head_sha" >/dev/null
+  # If the commit was successful, tag it (overwriting any previous tag)
+  if [[ $? == 0 ]]; then
+    status="*"
+    git tag -f "git-jump-$head_sha" >/dev/null
+  fi
+  echo "Previous HEAD was $head_sha$status, $(git_commit_subject $head_sha)"
+}
+
+# Restore previously-saved changes
+function restore() {
+  local status=""
+  # Save current changes before restoring
+  save
+  # Attempt to restore saved changes for specified commit
+  git checkout "git-jump-$1" 2>/dev/null
+  if [[ $? == 0 ]]; then
+    # If the restore was successful, figure out exactly what was saved, check
+    # out the original commit, then restore the saved changes on top of it
+    status="*"
+    local patch="$(git format-patch HEAD^ --stdout)"
+    git checkout HEAD^ 2>/dev/null
+    echo "$patch" | git apply -
+  else
+    # Otherwise, just restore the original commit
+    git checkout "$1" 2>/dev/null
+  fi
+  echo "HEAD is now $1$status, $(git_commit_subject $1)"
+}
+
+# Jump to next commit
+function next() {
+  local next_sha=$(git_next_sha)
+  if [[ "$next_sha" == "$(git_head_sha)" ]]; then
+    # Abort if no more commits
+    echo "Already at last commit in $git_branch. Congratulations!"
+  else
+    # Checkout branch by name if at its HEAD
+    if [[ "$next_sha" == "$(git_branch_sha)" ]]; then
+      next_sha="$git_branch"
+    fi
+    echo "Jumping ahead to next commit."
+    restore $next_sha
+  fi
+}
+
+# Jump to previous commit
+function prev() {
+  local prev_sha=$(git_prev_sha)
+  if [[ "$prev_sha" == "$(git_head_sha)" ]]; then
+    # Abort if no more commits
+    echo "Already at first commit in $git_branch."
+  else
+    echo "Jumping back to previous commit."
+    restore $prev_sha
+  fi
+}
+
+# Show help if requested
+if [[ "$1" == "--help" || "$1" == "-h" ]]; then
+  help
+  exit
+fi
+
+# Check if branch is valid
+git rev-parse "$git_branch" &>/dev/null
+if [[ $? != 0 ]]; then
+  echo "Error: Branch \"$git_branch\" does not appear to be valid."
+  echo "Try $(basename "$0") --help for more information."
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+# Handle CLI arguments
+if [[ "$1" == "next" ]]; then
+  next
+elif [[ "$1" == "prev" ]]; then
+  prev
+else
+  usage
+  exit 1
+fi
--- a/bin/git-nuke
+++ b/bin/git-nuke
@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# Nukes a branch locally and on the origin remote.
+#
+# $1 - Branch name.
+#
+# Examples
+#
+#   git nuke add-git-nuke
+
+git branch -D $1
+git push origin :$1
--- a/bin/git-open
+++ b/bin/git-open
@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env bash
+
+# Opens the BitBucket/GitHub page for a repo/branch in your browser.
+#
+# git open
+# git open [remote] [branch]
+
+
+# are we in a git repo?
+git rev-parse --is-inside-work-tree &>/dev/null
+
+if [[ $? != 0 ]]; then
+  echo "Not a git repository." 1>&2
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+
+# assume origin if not provided
+# fallback to upstream if neither is present.
+remote="origin"
+if [ -n "$1" ]; then
+  if [ "$1" == "issue" ]; then
+    currentBranch=$(git symbolic-ref -q --short HEAD)
+    regex='^issue'
+    if [[ $currentBranch =~ $regex ]]; then
+      issue=${currentBranch#*#}
+    else
+      echo "'git open issue' expect branch naming to be issues/#123" 1>&2
+      exit 1
+    fi
+  else
+    remote="$1"
+  fi
+fi
+
+remote_url="remote.${remote}.url"
+
+giturl=$(git config --get "$remote_url")
+if [ -z "$giturl" ]; then
+  echo "$remote_url not set." 1>&2
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+# get current branch
+if [ -z "$2" ]; then
+  branch=$(git symbolic-ref -q --short HEAD)
+else
+  branch="$2"
+fi
+
+# Make # and % characters url friendly
+#   github.com/paulirish/git-open/pull/24
+branch=${branch//%/%25} && branch=${branch//#/%23}
+
+# URL normalization
+# GitHub gists
+if grep -q gist.github <<<$giturl; then
+  giturl=${giturl/git\@gist.github\.com\:/https://gist.github.com/}
+  providerUrlDifference=tree
+
+# GitHub
+elif grep -q github <<<$giturl; then
+  giturl=${giturl/git\@github\.com\:/https://github.com/}
+
+  # handle SSH protocol (links like ssh://git@github.com/user/repo)
+  giturl=${giturl/#ssh\:\/\/git\@github\.com\//https://github.com/}
+
+  providerUrlDifference=tree
+
+# Bitbucket
+elif grep -q bitbucket <<<$giturl; then
+  giturl=${giturl/git\@bitbucket\.org\:/https://bitbucket.org/}
+  # handle SSH protocol (change ssh://https://bitbucket.org/user/repo to https://bitbucket.org/user/repo)
+  giturl=${giturl/#ssh\:\/\/git\@/https://}
+
+  rev="$(git rev-parse HEAD)"
+  git_pwd="$(git rev-parse --show-prefix)"
+  providerUrlDifference="src/${rev}/${git_pwd}"
+  branch="?at=${branch}"
+
+# Atlassian Bitbucket Server
+elif grep -q "/scm/" <<<$giturl; then
+  re='(.*)/scm/(.*)/(.*)\.git'
+  if [[ $giturl =~ $re ]]; then
+    giturl=${BASH_REMATCH[1]}/projects/${BASH_REMATCH[2]}/repos/${BASH_REMATCH[3]}
+    providerUrlDifference=browse
+    branch="?at=refs%2Fheads%2F${branch}"
+  fi
+
+# GitLab
+else
+  # custom GitLab
+  gitlab_domain=$(git config --get gitopen.gitlab.domain)
+  gitlab_ssh_domain=$(git config --get gitopen.gitlab.ssh.domain)
+  gitlab_ssh_domain=${gitlab_ssh_domain:-$gitlab_domain}
+  gitlab_ssh_port=$(git config --get gitopen.gitlab.ssh.port)
+  
+  gitlab_protocol=$(git config --get gitopen.gitlab.protocol)
+  if [ -z "$gitlab_protocol" ]; then
+      gitlab_protocol=https
+  fi
+
+if [ -n "$gitlab_domain" ]; then
+    if egrep -q "${gitlab_domain}|${gitlab_ssh_domain}" <<<$giturl; then
+
+      # Handle GitLab's default SSH notation (like git@gitlab.domain.com:user/repo)
+      giturl=${giturl/git\@${gitlab_ssh_domain}\:/${gitlab_protocol}://${gitlab_domain}/}
+
+      # handle SSH protocol (links like ssh://git@gitlab.domain.com/user/repo)
+      giturl=${giturl/#ssh\:\/\//${gitlab_protocol}://}
+
+      # remove git@ from the domain
+      giturl=${giturl/git\@${gitlab_ssh_domain}/${gitlab_domain}/}
+
+      # remove SSH port
+      if [ -n "$gitlab_ssh_port" ]; then
+        giturl=${giturl/\/:${gitlab_ssh_port}\///}
+      fi
+      providerUrlDifference=tree
+    fi
+    # hosted GitLab
+  elif grep -q gitlab <<<$giturl; then
+    giturl=${giturl/git\@gitlab\.com\:/https://gitlab.com/}
+    providerUrlDifference=tree
+  fi
+fi
+giturl=${giturl%\.git}
+
+if [ -n "$issue" ]; then
+  giturl="${giturl}/issues/${issue}"
+elif [ -n "$branch" ]; then
+  giturl="${giturl}/${providerUrlDifference}/${branch}"
+fi
+
+# simplify URL for master
+giturl=${giturl/tree\/master/}
+
+# get current open browser command
+case $( uname -s ) in
+  Darwin)  open=open;;
+  MINGW*)  open=start;;
+  CYGWIN*) open=cygstart;;
+  MSYS*)   open="powershell.exe –NoProfile Start";;
+  *)       open=${BROWSER:-xdg-open};;
+esac
+
+# open it in a browser
+$open "$giturl" &> /dev/null
+exit $?
--- a/bin/git-recall
+++ b/bin/git-recall
@ -0,0 +1,349 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env bash
+
+
+# usage info
+usage() {
+  cat <<EOF
+  Usage: git recall [options]
+  Options:
+    -d, --date              Show logs for last n days.
+    -a, --author            Author name.
+    -f, --fetch             fetch commits.
+    -h, --help              This message.
+    -v, --version           Show version.
+    --                      End of options.
+EOF
+}
+
+
+# Global variables
+SINCE="1 days ago" # show logs for last day by default
+AUTHOR=""
+FETCH=false
+GIT_FORMAT=""
+GIT_LOG=""
+COMMITS=""
+COMMITS_UNCOL=() # commits without colors
+LESSKEY=false
+SED_BIN="" # Sed option to use according OS.
+VERSION="1.1.10"
+
+# Are we in a git repo?
+if [[ ! -d ".git" ]] && ! git rev-parse --git-dir &>/dev/null; then
+  echo "abort: not a git repository." 1>&2
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+# Parse options
+while [[ "$1" =~ ^- && ! "$1" == "--" ]]; do
+  case $1 in
+    -v | --version )
+      echo "$version"
+      exit
+      ;;
+    -d | --date )
+      SINCE="$2 days ago"
+      shift;
+      ;;
+    -a | --author )
+      AUTHOR="$2"
+      shift
+      ;;
+    -f | --fetch )
+      FETCH=true
+      ;;
+    -h | --help )
+      usage
+      exit
+      ;;
+    * )
+      echo "abort: unknown argument" 1>&2
+      exit 1
+  esac
+  shift
+done
+if [[ "$1" == "--" ]]; then shift; fi
+
+
+# Colored output.
+function colored() {
+  GREEN=$(tput setaf 4)
+  YELLOW=$(tput setaf 3)
+  NORMAL=$(tput sgr0)
+  REVERSE=$(tput rev)
+} 
+
+# Uncolored output.
+function uncolored() {
+  GREEN=""
+  YELLOW=""
+  NORMAL=""
+  REVERSE=""
+}
+
+# Enable colors if supported by terminal.
+if [[ -t 1 ]] && [[ -n "$TERM" ]] && which tput &>/dev/null && tput colors &>/dev/null; then
+  ncolors=$(tput colors)
+  if [[ -n "$ncolors" ]] && [[ "$ncolors" -ge 8 ]] ; then
+    colored
+  else
+    uncolored
+  fi
+else
+  uncolored
+fi
+
+# Check if lesskey is installed.
+if command -v lesskey &> /dev/null; then
+    LESSKEY=true
+fi
+
+# Set AUTHOR to current user if no param passed or display for all users if param equal to "all". 
+if [[ ! -n $AUTHOR ]]; then
+    AUTHOR=$(git config user.name 2>/dev/null)
+elif [[ $AUTHOR = "all" ]]; then
+    AUTHOR=".*"
+fi
+
+# Fetch changes before.
+if [[ $FETCH == true ]]; then
+    echo "${GREEN}Fetching changes...${NORMAL}"
+    git fetch --all &> /dev/null
+    tput cuu1
+    tput ed # clear screen
+fi
+
+# Log template.
+GIT_FORMAT="%Cred%h%Creset -%C(yellow)%d%Creset %s %Cgreen(%cr) %C(bold blue)<%an>%Creset"
+
+# Log command.
+GIT_LOG="git log --pretty=format:'${GIT_FORMAT}'  
+           --author \"$AUTHOR\"
+           --since \"$SINCE\" --abbrev-commit"
+
+# Change temporary the IFS to store GIT_LOG's output into an array.
+IFS=$'\n'
+COMMITS=($(eval ${GIT_LOG} 2>/dev/null))
+unset IFS
+
+NI=${#COMMITS[@]} # Total number of items.
+SN=$(( `tput lines` - 1 )) # Screen's number of lines.
+CN=$(tput cols) # Screen's number of columns.
+TN=$(( $NI < $((SN -1)) ? $NI : $((SN -1)))) # Number of lines that we will display.
+OFFSET=0 #Incremented by one each time a commit's length is higher than teminal width.
+
+# If there is no items, exit.
+if [[ $NI = 0 ]]; then
+    if [[ $AUTHOR = ".*" ]]; then
+	echo "${YELLOW}All contributors did nothing during this period.${NORMAL}" && exit 0
+    else
+	echo "${YELLOW}The contributor \"${AUTHOR}\" did nothing during this period.${NORMAL}" && exit 0
+    fi
+fi
+
+# Set correct sed option according OS's type
+case "$OSTYPE" in
+    darwin*) SED_BIN="sed -E" ;;
+    *)       SED_BIN="sed -r" ;;
+esac
+
+# Create array with uncolred commits (removing escape sequences using sed)
+for elt in "${COMMITS[@]}"
+do
+    ELT="$(echo "$elt" | $SED_BIN "s/\x1B\[([0-9]{1,2}(;[0-9]{1,2})?)?[m|K]//g")" # remove colors escape codes
+    COMMITS_UNCOL+=("$ELT")
+done
+# Add +1 to OFFSET if a commit's length is bigger than the current terminal session's width. (This is to fix a redraw issue)
+for C in "${COMMITS_UNCOL[@]}"
+do
+    if [[ ${#C} -gt $CN ]]; then
+	OFFSET=$(( OFFSET + 1 ))
+    fi
+done
+
+# Set keys.
+au="`echo -e '\e[A'`" # arrow up
+au_1="k"              # arrow up
+ad="`echo -e '\e[B'`" # arrow down
+ad_1="j"              # arrow down
+ec="`echo -e '\e'`"   # escape
+nl="`echo -e '\n'`"   # newline
+nl_1="e"              # expand
+co="c"                # checkout
+
+# Create a temporary lesskey file to change the keybindings so the user can use the TAB key to quit less. (more convenient)  
+if [[ $LESSKEY = true ]]; then
+    echo "\t quit" | lesskey -o $HOME/.lsh_less_keys_tmp -- - &> /dev/null
+fi
+
+## Get commit's diff.
+function get_diff() {
+    ELT="$(echo "${COMMITS_UNCOL[$CP-1]}")"
+    DIFF_TIP=${ELT:0:7}
+    DIFF_CMD="git show $DIFF_TIP --color=always"
+    DIFF=$(eval ${DIFF_CMD} 2>/dev/null)
+    tmp_diff="$(echo "$DIFF" | $SED_BIN "s/\x1B\[([0-9]{1,2}(;[0-9]{1,2})?)?[m|K]//g")" # remove colors escape codes
+    off=$(echo "$tmp_diff" | grep -c ".\{$CN\}") #Number of lines in the diff that are longer than terminal width.
+    DIFF_LINES_NUMBER="$(echo "$DIFF" | wc -l)"
+    DIFF_LINES_NUMBER=$(( DIFF_LINES_NUMBER + off ))
+}
+
+## This function will print the diff according the commit's tip. If the diff is too long, the result will be displayed using 'less'. 
+function print_diff() {
+    get_diff # get commit's diff
+    if [[ $(( TN + DIFF_LINES_NUMBER + OFFSET )) -ge $(( `tput lines` - 1 )) ]]; then
+	if [[ $LESSKEY = true ]]; then
+	    echo "$DIFF" | less -r -k $HOME/.lsh_less_keys_tmp
+	else 
+	    echo "$DIFF" | less -r
+	fi
+	tput ed # Clear screen
+    else 
+	stop=false
+	tput ed
+	for i in `seq 1 $TN`
+	do
+	    echo -n "$NORMAL"
+	    [[ $CP == "$i" ]] && echo -n "$REVERSE"
+	    echo "${COMMITS[$i - 1]}"
+	    [[ $CP == "$i" ]] && echo "$DIFF"
+	done
+	# Wait for user action.
+	while ! $stop
+	do
+	    read -sn 1 key
+	    case "$key" in
+		"$nl" | "$nl_1")
+		    stop=true
+		    ;;
+		"q")
+		    stop=true
+		    END=true
+		    ;;
+	    esac
+	done
+	[[ $END = false ]] && tput cuu $(( TN + DIFF_LINES_NUMBER + OFFSET )) && tput ed
+	[[ $END = true ]] && tput cuu 1
+    fi
+}
+
+function do_checkout(){
+    ELT="$(echo "${COMMITS_UNCOL[$CP-1]}")"
+    DIFF_TIP=${ELT:0:7}
+	eval "git checkout $DIFF_TIP 2> /dev/null"
+}
+
+# Calculate OFFSET to avoid bad redraw.
+function calculate_offset {
+    tmp=1
+    index=$(( SI -1 ))
+    while [[ $tmp -lt $SN ]]
+    do
+    	el=${COMMITS_UNCOL[$index]}
+    	if [[ ${#el} -gt $CN ]] && [[ $CP -lt $((SN -1)) ]]; then
+    	    OFFSET_2=$(( OFFSET_2 + 1 ))
+    	    tmp=$(( tmp + 1 ))
+    	fi
+    	tmp=$(( tmp + 1 ))
+    	index=$(( index + 1 ))
+    done
+}
+
+{ # capture stdout to stderr
+
+tput civis # hide cursor.
+CP=1 # current position
+SI=1 # index
+END=false # end while loop
+EXT=0 # Used to extend the number of lines to display.
+
+## Loops, reads inputs and prints commits until user presses 'q' to exit or TAB to show the diff.
+while ! $END
+do
+   END_INDEX=0 # Index for the last item to display
+   # When the number of item is higher than screen's number of lines, OFFSET_2 is recalculated each time we select a new item
+   # Set last index to print. (based on OFFSET)
+   if [[  $TN == $NI ]]; then 
+       END_INDEX=$TN
+       OFFSET_2=$OFFSET
+   elif [[  $TN == $(( SN - 1 )) ]]; then
+       # Calculate new OFFSET.
+       if [[ $OFFSET != 0 ]]; then 
+	   [[ $CP -lt $((SN -1)) ]] && OFFSET_2=0
+	   EXT=1
+	   calculate_offset
+       fi
+       END_INDEX=$(( TN + SI -1 + EXT - OFFSET_2 ))
+   fi
+
+   # Loop and echo commits
+   for i in `seq $SI $END_INDEX`
+   do
+      echo -n "$NORMAL"
+      [[ $CP == $i ]] && echo -n "$REVERSE"
+      echo "${COMMITS[$i - 1]}"
+   done
+
+   read -sn 1 key
+   [[ "$key" == "$ec" ]] &&
+   {
+      read -sn 2 k2
+      key="$key$k2"
+   }
+
+   case "$key" in
+
+      "$au" | "$au_1")
+         CP=$(( CP - 1 ))
+         [[ $CP == 0 ]] && [[ $SI == 1 ]] && [[ $TN == $(( SN - 1 )) ]] && CP=$NI && SI=$(( NI - SN + 2 + OFFSET_2 ))
+         [[ $CP == 0 ]] && [[ $SI == 1 ]] && [[ $TN == $NI ]] && CP=$TN
+         [[ $CP == $(( SI - 1 )) ]] && [[ $SI != 1 ]] && SI=$(( SI - 1 ))
+
+	 [[ $TN != $(( SN - 1 )) ]] && tput cuu $(( TN + OFFSET_2 ))
+	 [[ $TN == $(( SN - 1 )) ]] && tput cuu $(( TN + EXT ))
+         [[ $SI != 1 ]] && tput ed # clear screen
+         ;;
+
+      "$ad" | "$ad_1")
+	 CP=$(( CP + 1 ))
+         [[ $CP == $(( NI + 1 )) ]] && CP=1 && SI=1 
+         [[ $CP == $(( SN + SI - 1 + EXT - OFFSET_2 )) ]] && [[ $TN == $(( SN - 1 )) ]] && SI=$(( SI + 1 ))
+
+	 [[ $TN != $(( SN - 1 )) ]] && tput cuu $(( TN + OFFSET_2 ))
+	 [[ $TN == $(( SN - 1 )) ]] && tput cuu $(( TN + EXT ))
+         [[ $SI != 1 ]] && tput ed # clear screen
+         [[ $SI = 1 ]] && [[ $CP = 1 ]] && tput ed # clear screen
+         ;;
+
+      "$nl" | "$nl_1")
+	 [[  $TN == $NI ]] && tput cuu $(( TN + OFFSET_2 ))
+	 [[  $TN != $NI ]] && tput cuu $(( TN + EXT ))
+         print_diff 
+         ;;
+	  "$co")
+		 si=false
+		 END=true
+		 do_checkout
+		 tput cuu 1 #move cursor up one line. (remove extra line)
+	     ;;
+
+      "q")
+         si=false
+         END=true
+	 tput cuu 1 #move cursor up one line. (remove extra line)
+         ;;
+
+      * )
+	 tput cuu $(( TN + OFFSET_2 ))
+   esac
+
+done
+
+# remove temporary less keybindings
+[[ $LESSKEY = true ]] && rm $HOME/.lsh_less_keys_tmp 
+
+tput cnorm # unhide cursor
+echo "$NORMAL" # normal colors
+
+} >&2 # END capture
+
--- a/bin/git-wtf
+++ b/bin/git-wtf
@ -0,0 +1,364 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env ruby
+
+HELP = <<EOS
+git-wtf displays the state of your repository in a readable, easy-to-scan
+format. It's useful for getting a summary of how a branch relates to a remote
+server, and for wrangling many topic branches.
+
+git-wtf can show you:
+- How a branch relates to the remote repo, if it's a tracking branch.
+- How a branch relates to integration branches, if it's a feature branch.
+- How a branch relates to the feature branches, if it's an integration
+  branch.
+
+git-wtf is best used before a git push, or between a git fetch and a git
+merge. Be sure to set color.ui to auto or yes for maximum viewing pleasure.
+EOS
+
+KEY = <<EOS
+KEY:
+() branch only exists locally
+{} branch only exists on a remote repo
+[] branch exists locally and remotely
+
+x merge occurs both locally and remotely
+~ merge occurs only locally
+  (space) branch isn't merged in
+
+(It's possible for merges to occur remotely and not locally, of course, but
+that's a less common case and git-wtf currently doesn't display anything
+special for it.)
+EOS
+
+USAGE = <<EOS
+Usage: git wtf [branch+] [options]
+
+If [branch] is not specified, git-wtf will use the current branch. The possible
+[options] are:
+
+  -l, --long          include author info and date for each commit
+  -a, --all           show all branches across all remote repos, not just
+                      those from origin
+  -A, --all-commits   show all commits, not just the first 5
+  -s, --short         don't show commits
+  -k, --key           show key
+  -r, --relations     show relation to features / integration branches
+      --dump-config   print out current configuration and exit
+
+git-wtf uses some heuristics to determine which branches are integration
+branches, and which are feature branches. (Specifically, it assumes the
+integration branches are named "master", "next" and "edge".) If it guesses
+incorrectly, you will have to create a .git-wtfrc file.
+
+To start building a configuration file, run "git-wtf --dump-config >
+.git-wtfrc" and edit it. The config file is a YAML file that specifies the
+integration branches, any branches to ignore, and the max number of commits to
+display when --all-commits isn't used.  git-wtf will look for a .git-wtfrc file
+starting in the current directory, and recursively up to the root.
+
+IMPORTANT NOTE: all local branches referenced in .git-wtfrc must be prefixed
+with heads/, e.g. "heads/master". Remote branches must be of the form
+remotes/<remote>/<branch>.
+EOS
+
+COPYRIGHT = <<EOS
+git-wtf Copyright 2008--2009 William Morgan <wmorgan at the masanjin dot nets>.
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for
+more details.
+
+You can find the GNU General Public License at: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/
+EOS
+
+require 'yaml'
+CONFIG_FN = ".git-wtfrc"
+
+class Numeric; def pluralize s; "#{to_s} #{s}" + (self != 1 ? "s" : "") end end
+
+if ARGV.delete("--help") || ARGV.delete("-h")
+  puts USAGE
+  exit
+end
+
+## poor man's trollop
+$long = ARGV.delete("--long") || ARGV.delete("-l")
+$short = ARGV.delete("--short") || ARGV.delete("-s")
+$all = ARGV.delete("--all") || ARGV.delete("-a")
+$all_commits = ARGV.delete("--all-commits") || ARGV.delete("-A")
+$dump_config = ARGV.delete("--dump-config")
+$key = ARGV.delete("--key") || ARGV.delete("-k")
+$show_relations = ARGV.delete("--relations") || ARGV.delete("-r")
+ARGV.each { |a| abort "Error: unknown argument #{a}." if a =~ /^--/ }
+
+## search up the path for a file
+def find_file fn
+  while true
+    return fn if File.exist? fn
+    fn2 = File.join("..", fn)
+    return nil if File.expand_path(fn2) == File.expand_path(fn)
+    fn = fn2
+  end
+end
+
+want_color = `git config color.wtf`
+want_color = `git config color.ui` if want_color.empty?
+$color = case want_color.chomp
+  when "true"; true
+  when "auto"; $stdout.tty?
+end
+
+def red s; $color ? "\033[31m#{s}\033[0m" : s end
+def green s; $color ? "\033[32m#{s}\033[0m" : s end
+def yellow s; $color ? "\033[33m#{s}\033[0m" : s end
+def cyan s; $color ? "\033[36m#{s}\033[0m" : s end
+def grey s; $color ? "\033[1;30m#{s}\033[0m" : s end
+def purple s; $color ? "\033[35m#{s}\033[0m" : s end
+
+## the set of commits in 'to' that aren't in 'from'.
+## if empty, 'to' has been merged into 'from'.
+def commits_between from, to
+  if $long
+    `git log --pretty=format:"- %s [#{yellow "%h"}] (#{purple "%ae"}; %ar)" #{from}..#{to}`
+  else
+    `git log --pretty=format:"- %s [#{yellow "%h"}]" #{from}..#{to}`
+  end.split(/[\r\n]+/)
+end
+
+def show_commits commits, prefix="    "
+  if commits.empty?
+    puts "#{prefix} none"
+  else
+    max = $all_commits ? commits.size : $config["max_commits"]
+    max -= 1 if max == commits.size - 1 # never show "and 1 more"
+    commits[0 ... max].each { |c| puts "#{prefix}#{c}" }
+    puts grey("#{prefix}... and #{commits.size - max} more (use -A to see all).") if commits.size > max
+  end
+end
+
+def ahead_behind_string ahead, behind
+  [ahead.empty? ? nil : "#{ahead.size.pluralize 'commit'} ahead",
+   behind.empty? ? nil : "#{behind.size.pluralize 'commit'} behind"].
+   compact.join("; ")
+end
+
+def widget merged_in, remote_only=false, local_only=false, local_only_merge=false
+  left, right = case
+    when remote_only; %w({ })
+    when local_only; %w{( )}
+    else %w([ ])
+  end
+  middle = case
+    when merged_in && local_only_merge; green("~")
+    when merged_in; green("x")
+    else " "
+  end
+  print left, middle, right
+end
+
+def show b
+  have_both = b[:local_branch] && b[:remote_branch]
+
+  pushc, pullc, oosync = if have_both
+    [x = commits_between(b[:remote_branch], b[:local_branch]),
+     y = commits_between(b[:local_branch], b[:remote_branch]),
+     !x.empty? && !y.empty?]
+  end
+
+  if b[:local_branch]
+    puts "Local branch: " + green(b[:local_branch].sub(/^heads\//, ""))
+
+    if have_both
+      if pushc.empty?
+        puts "#{widget true} in sync with remote"
+      else
+        action = oosync ? "push after rebase / merge" : "push"
+        puts "#{widget false} NOT in sync with remote (you should #{action})"
+        show_commits pushc unless $short
+      end
+    end
+  end
+
+  if b[:remote_branch]
+    puts "Remote branch: #{cyan b[:remote_branch]} (#{b[:remote_url]})"
+
+    if have_both
+      if pullc.empty?
+        puts "#{widget true} in sync with local"
+      else
+        action = pushc.empty? ? "merge" : "rebase / merge"
+        puts "#{widget false} NOT in sync with local (you should #{action})"
+        show_commits pullc unless $short
+      end
+    end
+  end
+
+  puts "\n#{red "WARNING"}: local and remote branches have diverged. A merge will occur unless you rebase." if oosync
+end
+
+def show_relations b, all_branches
+  ibs, fbs = all_branches.partition { |name, br| $config["integration-branches"].include?(br[:local_branch]) || $config["integration-branches"].include?(br[:remote_branch]) }
+  if $config["integration-branches"].include? b[:local_branch]
+    puts "\nFeature branches:" unless fbs.empty?
+    fbs.each do |name, br|
+      next if $config["ignore"].member?(br[:local_branch]) || $config["ignore"].member?(br[:remote_branch])
+      next if br[:ignore]
+      local_only = br[:remote_branch].nil?
+      remote_only = br[:local_branch].nil?
+      name = if local_only
+        purple br[:name]
+      elsif remote_only
+        cyan br[:name]
+      else
+        green br[:name]
+      end
+
+      ## for remote_only branches, we'll compute wrt the remote branch head. otherwise, we'll
+      ## use the local branch head.
+      head = remote_only ? br[:remote_branch] : br[:local_branch]
+
+      remote_ahead = b[:remote_branch] ? commits_between(b[:remote_branch], head) : []
+      local_ahead = b[:local_branch] ? commits_between(b[:local_branch], head) : []
+
+      if local_ahead.empty? && remote_ahead.empty?
+        puts "#{widget true, remote_only, local_only} #{name} #{local_only ? "(local-only) " : ""}is merged in"
+      elsif local_ahead.empty?
+        puts "#{widget true, remote_only, local_only, true} #{name} merged in (only locally)"
+      else
+        behind = commits_between head, (br[:local_branch] || br[:remote_branch])
+        ahead = remote_only ? remote_ahead : local_ahead
+        puts "#{widget false, remote_only, local_only} #{name} #{local_only ? "(local-only) " : ""}is NOT merged in (#{ahead_behind_string ahead, behind})"
+        show_commits ahead unless $short
+      end
+    end
+  else
+    puts "\nIntegration branches:" unless ibs.empty? # unlikely
+    ibs.sort_by { |v, br| v }.each do |v, br|
+      next if $config["ignore"].member?(br[:local_branch]) || $config["ignore"].member?(br[:remote_branch])
+      next if br[:ignore]
+      local_only = br[:remote_branch].nil?
+      remote_only = br[:local_branch].nil?
+      name = remote_only ? cyan(br[:name]) : green(br[:name])
+
+      ahead = commits_between v, (b[:local_branch] || b[:remote_branch])
+      if ahead.empty?
+        puts "#{widget true, local_only} merged into #{name}"
+      else
+        #behind = commits_between b[:local_branch], v
+        puts "#{widget false, local_only} NOT merged into #{name} (#{ahead.size.pluralize 'commit'} ahead)"
+        show_commits ahead unless $short
+      end
+    end
+  end
+end
+
+#### EXECUTION STARTS HERE ####
+
+## find config file and load it
+$config = { "integration-branches" => %w(heads/master heads/next heads/edge), "ignore" => [], "max_commits" => 5 }.merge begin
+  fn = find_file CONFIG_FN
+  if fn && (h = YAML::load_file(fn)) # yaml turns empty files into false
+    h["integration-branches"] ||= h["versions"] # support old nomenclature
+    h
+  else
+    {}
+  end
+end
+
+if $dump_config
+  puts $config.to_yaml
+  exit
+end
+
+## first, index registered remotes
+remotes = `git config --get-regexp ^remote\.\*\.url`.split(/[\r\n]+/).inject({}) do |hash, l|
+  l =~ /^remote\.(.+?)\.url (.+)$/ or next hash
+  hash[$1] ||= $2
+  hash
+end
+
+## next, index followed branches
+branches = `git config --get-regexp ^branch\.`.split(/[\r\n]+/).inject({}) do |hash, l|
+  case l
+  when /branch\.(.*?)\.remote (.+)/
+    name, remote = $1, $2
+
+    hash[name] ||= {}
+    hash[name].merge! :remote => remote, :remote_url => remotes[remote]
+  when /branch\.(.*?)\.merge ((refs\/)?heads\/)?(.+)/
+    name, remote_branch = $1, $4
+    hash[name] ||= {}
+    hash[name].merge! :remote_mergepoint => remote_branch
+  end
+  hash
+end
+
+## finally, index all branches
+remote_branches = {}
+`git show-ref`.split(/[\r\n]+/).each do |l|
+  sha1, ref = l.chomp.split " refs/"
+
+  if ref =~ /^heads\/(.+)$/ # local branch
+    name = $1
+    next if name == "HEAD"
+    branches[name] ||= {}
+    branches[name].merge! :name => name, :local_branch => ref
+  elsif ref =~ /^remotes\/(.+?)\/(.+)$/ # remote branch
+    remote, name = $1, $2
+    remote_branches["#{remote}/#{name}"] = true
+    next if name == "HEAD"
+    ignore = !($all || remote == "origin")
+
+    branch = name
+    if branches[name] && branches[name][:remote] == remote
+      # nothing
+    else
+      name = "#{remote}/#{branch}"
+    end
+
+    branches[name] ||= {}
+    branches[name].merge! :name => name, :remote => remote, :remote_branch => "#{remote}/#{branch}", :remote_url => remotes[remote], :ignore => ignore
+  end
+end
+
+## assemble remotes
+branches.each do |k, b|
+  next unless b[:remote] && b[:remote_mergepoint]
+  b[:remote_branch] = if b[:remote] == "."
+    b[:remote_mergepoint]
+  else
+    t = "#{b[:remote]}/#{b[:remote_mergepoint]}"
+    remote_branches[t] && t # only if it's still alive
+  end
+end
+
+show_dirty = ARGV.empty?
+targets = if ARGV.empty?
+  [`git symbolic-ref HEAD`.chomp.sub(/^refs\/heads\//, "")]
+else
+  ARGV.map { |x| x.sub(/^heads\//, "") }
+end.map { |t| branches[t] or abort "Error: can't find branch #{t.inspect}." }
+
+targets.each do |t|
+  show t
+  show_relations t, branches if $show_relations || t[:remote_branch].nil?
+end
+
+modified = show_dirty && `git ls-files -m` != ""
+uncommitted = show_dirty &&  `git diff-index --cached HEAD` != ""
+
+if $key
+  puts
+  puts KEY
+end
+
+puts if modified || uncommitted
+puts "#{red "NOTE"}: working directory contains modified files." if modified
+puts "#{red "NOTE"}: staging area contains staged but uncommitted files." if uncommitted
+
+# the end!
--- a/bin/imgcat
+++ b/bin/imgcat
@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+
+# tmux requires unrecognized OSC sequences to be wrapped with DCS tmux;
+# <sequence> ST, and for all ESCs in <sequence> to be replaced with ESC ESC. It
+# only accepts ESC backslash for ST.
+function print_osc() {
+    if [[ $TERM == screen* ]] ; then
+        printf "\033Ptmux;\033\033]"
+    else
+        printf "\033]"
+    fi
+}
+
+# More of the tmux workaround described above.
+function print_st() {
+    if [[ $TERM == screen* ]] ; then
+        printf "\a\033\\"
+    else
+        printf "\a"
+    fi
+}
+
+# print_image filename inline base64contents
+#   filename: Filename to convey to client
+#   inline: 0 or 1
+#   base64contents: Base64-encoded contents
+function print_image() {
+    print_osc
+    printf '1337;File='
+    if [[ -n "$1" ]]; then
+      printf 'name='`echo -n "$1" | base64`";"
+    fi
+    if $(base64 --version 2>&1 | grep GNU > /dev/null)
+    then
+      BASE64ARG=-d
+    else
+      BASE64ARG=-D
+    fi
+    echo -n "$3" | base64 $BASE64ARG | wc -c | awk '{printf "size=%d",$1}'
+    printf ";inline=$2"
+    printf ";width=50"
+    printf ":"
+    echo -n "$3"
+    print_st
+    printf '\n'
+}
+
+function error() {
+    echo "ERROR: $*" 1>&2
+}
+
+function show_help() {
+    echo "Usage: imgcat filename ..." 1>& 2
+    echo "   or: cat filename | imgcat" 1>& 2
+}
+
+## Main
+
+if [ -t 0 ]; then
+    has_stdin=f
+else
+    has_stdin=t
+fi
+
+# Show help if no arguments and no stdin.
+if [ $has_stdin = f -a $# -eq 0 ]; then
+    show_help
+    exit
+fi
+
+# Look for command line flags.
+while [ $# -gt 0 ]; do
+    case "$1" in
+    -h|--h|--help)
+        show_help
+        exit
+        ;;
+    -*)
+        error "Unknown option flag: $1"
+        show_help
+        exit 1
+      ;;
+    *)
+        if [ -r "$1" ] ; then
+            print_image "$1" 1 "$(base64 < "$1")"
+        else
+            error "imgcat: $1: No such file or directory"
+            exit 2
+        fi
+        ;;
+    esac
+    shift
+done
+
+# Read and print stdin
+if [ $has_stdin = t ]; then
+    print_image "" 1 "$(cat | base64)"
+fi
+
+echo
+echo
+
+exit 0
--- a/bin/new
+++ b/bin/new
@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+#!/usr/bin/bash
+
+if [ $1 ]; then
+	while test $# -gt 0; do
+		case $1 in
+			-h|--help)
+				echo "Create files from template"
+				echo ""
+				echo "Usage: new [options] newFile"
+				echo ""
+				echo "Options:"
+				echo "--------"
+				echo -e "{-t,--template} filename \t Force use of template in Template Directory"
+				echo -e "{-l,--list} \t\t\t Lists the available templates"
+				echo -e "{-h,--help} \t\t\t Show this help text"
+				exit 0
+				;;
+			-t|--template)
+				shift
+				if [[ -f "$HOME/Templates/$1" ]]; then 
+					template="$HOME/Templates/$1"
+				else
+					echo "The file $HOME/Templates/$1 does not exits"
+					exit 1
+				fi
+				shift
+				;;
+			-l|--list)
+				shift
+				for file in $HOME/Templates/*$1; do
+					echo ${file##*/}
+				done
+				exit 0
+				;;
+			*)
+				file=$1
+				if [[ "$template" == "" ]]; then
+					extention=${file##*.}
+					posTemplates=()
+					if [[ -f $HOME/Templates/$extention ]]; then
+						posTemplates+=("$HOME/Templates/$extention")
+					fi
+					for template in $HOME/Templates/*.$extention; do
+						if [[ -f $template ]]; then
+							posTemplates+=( $template )
+						fi
+					done
+					if [[ ${#posTemplates[@]} == 1 ]]; then
+						echo "Only one template"
+						template=${posTemplates[0]}
+					else
+
+						posTemplates+=("Cancel")
+						while
+							echo Your options are:
+							for (( i=0; i<${#posTemplates[@]}; i++ )); do
+								echo "$i: ${posTemplates[$i]##*/}"
+							done
+							echo -e -n "Please enter a number: [0] "
+							read input
+							if [[ "$input"=="" ]]; then
+								test=0
+							fi;
+							if [[ "$input" == "$(expr ${#posTemplates[@]} - 1)" ]]; then
+								echo "Exited By User"
+								exit 0
+							fi
+							template=${posTemplates[$input]}
+							[[ $input>=${#posTemplates[@]} || $input<0 ]]
+						do 
+							echo
+							echo Please chose one of the available options
+						done
+					fi
+				fi
+
+
+				if [[ -f "$file" ]]; then
+					echo "$file already exists"
+					echo "delete it first"
+					exit 1
+				fi
+				cat "$template" > "$file"
+				echo "$file created from template $template"
+				exit 0
+				;;
+		esac
+	done
+else
+	echo "You haven't given anything to work with"
+fi
--- a/bin/php-swap
+++ b/bin/php-swap
@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+#!/usr/bin/bash
+line=$(php --version | grep "PHP" -m 1)
+target="$1"
+lampp='/opt/lampp/lampp'
+echo $phpexe
+if [ "$(id -u)" != "0" ]; then
+	echo "Sorry, you are not root."
+	exit 1
+fi
+if [[ $target = "" ]]; then
+	echo "PLease specify the version you want"
+	exit 1
+fi;
+
+file="/opt/lampp/etc/extra/httpd-xampp-php$target.conf"
+phpexe=$(ls /opt/lampp/bin/php-$target*)
+phpcgi=$(ls /opt/lampp/bin/php-cgi-$target*)
+phpconfig=$(ls /opt/lampp/bin/php-config-$target*)
+phpize=$(ls /opt/lampp/bin/phpize-$target*)
+
+$lampp stopapache
+ln -s -f $file /opt/lampp/etc/extra/httpd-xampp.conf
+ln -s -f $phpexe /opt/lampp/bin/php
+ln -s -f $phpcgi /opt/lampp/bin/php-cgi
+ln -s -f $phpconfig /opt/lampp/bin/php-config
+ln -s -f $phpize /opt/lampp/bin/phpize
+
+$lampp startapache
+echo
+echo "Now on PHP $target"
+exit 0
--- a/bin/update3rdPartyPlugins
+++ b/bin/update3rdPartyPlugins
@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+#!/usr/bin/bash
+
+pluginFolder="/home/jonathan/WPPlugins"
+for dir in $pluginFolder/*/; do
+	cd $dir
+	pwd | cowsay
+	git-svn-mirror update
+done
--- a/bin/weather
+++ b/bin/weather
@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+#!/usr/bin/bash
+initial=$@
+place=${initial// /+}
+if [[ "$place" == "" ]]; then
+	place="Bury+St+Edmunds"
+fi
+curl "wttr.in/$place"
--- a/bin/where
+++ b/bin/where
@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+#!/usr/bin/bash
+find . -name "$1" | sed 's/[^/]\+$//' | uniq -c | sort -g
--- a/config/conky/.themepacks
+++ b/config/conky/.themepacks
@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+default-themes-1.1.cmtp.7z
+default-themes-1.2.cmtp.7z
+default-themes-2.1.cmtp.7z
+default-themes-2.1.cmtp.7z
--- a/config/conky/BibleVerse/bibleGateway
+++ b/config/conky/BibleVerse/bibleGateway
@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+background yes
+update_interval 0.2
+
+
+double_buffer yes
+no_buffers yes
+text_buffer_size 2048
+
+gap_x 10
+gap_y 10
+
+own_window yes
+own_window_type override
+own_window_class Conky
+own_window_transparent yes
+own_window_hints undecorated,below,sticky,skip_taskbar,skip_pager
+own_window_colour 000000
+#own_window_argb_visual yes
+#own_window_argb_value 128
+
+border_inner_margin 0
+border_outer_margin 0
+alignment top_left
+
+
+draw_shades no
+draw_outline no
+draw_borders no
+draw_graph_borders no
+
+override_utf8_locale yes
+use_xft yes
+xftfont caviar dreams:size=10
+xftalpha 0.5
+uppercase no
+
+# Defining colors
+default_color FFFFFF
+# Shades of Gray
+color1 DDDDDD
+color2 AAAAAA
+color3 888888
+# Blue
+color4 2f519a
+# Green
+color5 77B753
+
+
+minimum_size 250 500
+own_window_argb_value 0
+own_window_argb_visual no
+TEXT
+${font GE Inspira:pixelsize=30}${execpi 60 python ~/.conky/BibleVerse/bibleGateway.py}
+${color 2f519a}${execpi 60 python ~/.conky/BibleVerse/reference.py}
--- a/config/conky/BibleVerse/bibleGateway.py
+++ b/config/conky/BibleVerse/bibleGateway.py
@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+__author__ = 'jonathan'
+
+import urllib.request
+import json
+import html
+import textwrap
+
+f = urllib.request.urlopen("http://www.biblegateway.com/votd/get/?format=json&version=ESV")
+content = json.loads(f.read().decode("utf-8"))
+
+print(textwrap.fill(html.unescape(content['votd']['text']),30))
--- a/config/conky/BibleVerse/reference.py
+++ b/config/conky/BibleVerse/reference.py
@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+__author__ = 'jonathan'
+
+import urllib.request
+import json
+
+f = urllib.request.urlopen("http://www.biblegateway.com/votd/get/?format=json&version=ESV")
+content = json.loads(f.read().decode("utf-8"))
+print(content['votd']['reference'])
--- a/config/conky/MyBlue/MyBlue
+++ b/config/conky/MyBlue/MyBlue
@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+use_xft yes
+xftfont 123:size=8
+xftalpha 0.1
+update_interval 0.5
+total_run_times 0
+
+own_window yes
+own_window_type override
+own_window_class Conky
+own_window_transparent yes
+own_window_hints undecorated,below,sticky,skip_taskbar,skip_pager
+own_window_colour 000000
+#own_window_argb_visual yes
+#own_window_argb_value 128
+
+background yes
+
+double_buffer yes
+maximum_width 500
+draw_shades no
+draw_outline no
+draw_borders no
+draw_graph_borders no
+default_color white
+default_shade_color red
+default_outline_color green
+alignment top_right
+gap_x 0
+gap_y 10
+no_buffers yes
+uppercase no
+cpu_avg_samples 2
+net_avg_samples 1
+override_utf8_locale yes
+
+
+own_window_argb_value 0
+own_window_argb_visual no
+minimum_size 0 0
+TEXT
+${color EAEAEA}${font GE Inspira:pixelsize=120}${time %H:%M}${color 2f519a}${time :%S}${font}
+${color EAEAEA}${font GE Inspira:pixelsize=58}${time %A}${font GE Inspira:pixelsize=42}${color 2f519a}${time %d}${font GE Inspira:pixelsize=22}${color EAEAEA}${time  %B} ${time %Y}
--- a/config/conky/Octupi_Arch/FAMI_E.TTF
+++ b/config/conky/Octupi_Arch/FAMI_E.TTF
--- a/config/conky/Octupi_Arch/co_main
+++ b/config/conky/Octupi_Arch/co_main
@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+# -- Conky settings -- #
+background no
+update_interval 2
+  
+cpu_avg_samples 2
+net_avg_samples 2
+
+override_utf8_locale yes
+
+double_buffer yes
+no_buffers yes
+
+text_buffer_size 2048
+imlib_cache_size 0 
+
+# -- Window specifications -- #
+
+own_window yes
+own_window_type override
+own_window_class Conky
+own_window_transparent yes
+own_window_hints undecorated,below,sticky,skip_taskbar,skip_pager
+own_window_colour 000000
+#own_window_argb_visual yes
+#own_window_argb_value 128
+border_inner_margin 0
+border_outer_margin 0
+
+minimum_size 7266 748
+
+# -- Graphics settings -- #
+draw_shades no
+draw_outline no
+draw_borders no
+draw_graph_borders no
+
+# -- Text settings -- #
+use_xft yes
+xftfont Santana:size=8
+xftalpha 0.8
+ 
+uppercase no  
+
+default_color FFFFFF
+
+# -- Lua load -- #
+lua_load main.lua
+lua_draw_hook_pre main
+lua_startup_hook setup
+
+alignment top_left
+gap_x 280
+gap_y 80
+own_window_argb_value 0
+own_window_argb_visual yes
+own_window_colour 000000
+TEXT
+#${offset 636}${voffset 223}${font Roboto:size=12}${time %l:%M %P }
+${offset 630}${voffset 228}${font Roboto:size=35}Arch
+
--- a/config/conky/Octupi_Arch/face
+++ b/config/conky/Octupi_Arch/face
@ -0,0 +1 @@
+./face.png
--- a/config/conky/Octupi_Arch/face.png
+++ b/config/conky/Octupi_Arch/face.png
--- a/config/conky/Octupi_Arch/faceold
+++ b/config/conky/Octupi_Arch/faceold
--- a/config/conky/Octupi_Arch/main.lua
+++ b/config/conky/Octupi_Arch/main.lua
--- a/config/conky/Octupi_Arch/settings
+++ b/config/conky/Octupi_Arch/settings
@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+
+# dimenstions
+WIDTH = 1366;
+HEIGHT = 748;
+
+# network
+NETWORK = wlo1;
+
+# cpu
+NO_OF_CORES = 8;
+
+# color scheme the values are DARK or WHITE 
+COLOR = WHITE;
+
+# gmail account
+MAIL = '''MAIL''':'''PASSWARD''' https://mail.google.com/mail/feed/atom/unread;
+
--- a/config/conky/conky-startup.sh
+++ b/config/conky/conky-startup.sh
@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+sleep 5s
+killall conky
+cd "/home/jonathan/.conky/BibleVerse"
+conky -c "/home/jonathan/.conky/BibleVerse/bibleGateway" &
+cd "/home/jonathan/.conky/MyBlue"
+conky -c "/home/jonathan/.conky/MyBlue/MyBlue" &
+cd "/home/jonathan/.conky/Octupi_Arch"
+conky -c "/home/jonathan/.conky/Octupi_Arch/co_main" &
--- a/config/i3/config
+++ b/config/i3/config
@ -0,0 +1,361 @@
+# This file has been auto-generated by i3-config-wizard(1).
+# It will not be overwritten, so edit it as you like.
+#
+# Should you change your keyboard layout some time, delete
+# this file and re-run i3-config-wizard(1).
+#
+
+# i3 config file (v4)
+#
+# Please see http://i3wm.org/docs/userguide.html for a complete reference!
+
+set $mod Mod4
+
+set $base00 #101218
+set $base01 #1f222d
+set $base02 #252936
+set $base03 #7780a1
+set $base04 #C0C5CE
+set $base05 #d1d4e0
+set $base06 #C9CCDB
+set $base07 #ffffff
+set $base08 #ee829f
+set $base09 #f99170
+set $base0A #ffefcc
+set $base0B #a5ffe1
+set $base0C #97e0ff
+set $base0D #97bbf7
+set $base0E #c0b7f9
+set $base0F #fcc09e
+
+
+# Font for window titles. Will also be used by the bar unless a different font
+# is used in the bar {} block below.
+font pango:monospace 8
+
+# This font is widely installed, provides lots of unicode glyphs, right-to-left
+# text rendering and scalability on retina/hidpi displays (thanks to pango).
+#font pango:DejaVu Sans Mono 8
+
+# Before i3 v4.8, we used to recommend this one as the default:
+# font -misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--13-120-75-75-C-70-iso10646-1
+# The font above is very space-efficient, that is, it looks good, sharp and
+# clear in small sizes. However, its unicode glyph coverage is limited, the old
+# X core fonts rendering does not support right-to-left and this being a bitmap
+# font, it doesn’t scale on retina/hidpi displays.
+
+# Use Mouse+$mod to drag floating windows to their wanted position
+floating_modifier $mod
+
+# start a terminal
+# bindsym $mod+Return exec xfce4-terminal
+#bindsym $mod+Return exec konsole
+bindsym $mod+Return exec termite
+
+# kill focused window
+bindsym $mod+q kill
+
+# start dmenu (a program launcher)
+# bindsym $mod+d exec dmenu_run
+bindsym $mod+d exec albert toggle
+#bindsym $mod+z exec xfce4-appfinder
+
+#kill i3
+bindsym $mod+Shift+x exec killall i3
+
+for_window [class="xfce4-appfinder"] floating enable
+
+
+
+# There also is the (new) i3-dmenu-desktop which only displays applications
+# shipping a .desktop file. It is a wrapper around dmenu, so you need that
+# installed.
+# bindsym $mod+d exec --no-startup-id i3-dmenu-desktop
+
+# change focus
+bindsym $mod+j focus down 
+bindsym $mod+k focus up
+bindsym $mod+l focus right
+bindsym $mod+h focus left
+
+# alternatively, you can use the cursor keys:
+bindsym $mod+Left focus left
+bindsym $mod+Down focus down
+bindsym $mod+Up focus up
+bindsym $mod+Right focus right
+
+# move focused window
+bindsym $mod+Shift+j move down
+bindsym $mod+Shift+k move up
+bindsym $mod+Shift+l move right
+bindsym $mod+Shift+h move left
+
+# alternatively, you can use the cursor keys:
+bindsym $mod+Shift+Left move left
+bindsym $mod+Shift+Down move down
+bindsym $mod+Shift+Up move up
+bindsym $mod+Shift+Right move right
+
+# split in horizontal orientation
+bindsym $mod+g split h
+
+# split in vertical orientation
+bindsym $mod+v split v
+
+# enter fullscreen mode for the focused container
+bindsym $mod+f fullscreen toggle
+
+# change container layout (stacked, tabbed, toggle split)
+bindsym $mod+s layout stacking
+bindsym $mod+w layout tabbed
+bindsym $mod+e layout toggle split
+
+# toggle tiling / floating
+bindsym $mod+Shift+space floating toggle
+
+# change focus between tiling / floating windows
+bindsym $mod+space focus mode_toggle
+
+# focus the parent container
+bindsym $mod+a focus parent
+
+# move to the parent container
+bindsym $mod+Shift+a move parent
+
+# focus the child container
+bindsym $mod+z focus child
+
+# move to the child container
+bindsym $mod+Shift+z focus child
+
+
+#set workspace names
+set $workspace1 "1: Browser "
+set $workspace2 "2: Terminal "
+set $workspace3 "3"
+set $workspace4 "4"
+set $workspace5 "5"
+set $workspace6 "6"
+set $workspace7 "7"
+set $workspace8 "8"
+set $workspace9 "9"
+set $workspace10 "10: Chat "
+
+# switch to workspace
+bindsym $mod+1 workspace $workspace1
+bindsym $mod+2 workspace $workspace2
+bindsym $mod+3 workspace $workspace3
+bindsym $mod+4 workspace $workspace4
+bindsym $mod+5 workspace $workspace5
+bindsym $mod+6 workspace $workspace6
+bindsym $mod+7 workspace $workspace7
+bindsym $mod+8 workspace $workspace8
+bindsym $mod+9 workspace $workspace9
+bindsym $mod+0 workspace $workspace10
+
+# move focused container to workspace
+bindsym $mod+Shift+1 move container to workspace $workspace1,  workspace $workspace1
+bindsym $mod+Shift+2 move container to workspace $workspace2,  workspace $workspace2
+bindsym $mod+Shift+3 move container to workspace $workspace3,  workspace $workspace3
+bindsym $mod+Shift+4 move container to workspace $workspace4,  workspace $workspace4
+bindsym $mod+Shift+5 move container to workspace $workspace5,  workspace $workspace5
+bindsym $mod+Shift+6 move container to workspace $workspace6,  workspace $workspace6
+bindsym $mod+Shift+7 move container to workspace $workspace7,  workspace $workspace7
+bindsym $mod+Shift+8 move container to workspace $workspace8,  workspace $workspace8
+bindsym $mod+Shift+9 move container to workspace $workspace9,  workspace $workspace9
+bindsym $mod+Shift+0 move container to workspace $workspace10, workspace $workspace10
+
+#assign programs to workspaces
+assign [class="chromium"] $workspace1
+assign [instance="crx_knipolnnllmklapflnccelgolnpehhpl"] to $workspace10
+
+for_window [window_role="gimp-toolbox"] floating disable; move left; move left;
+for_window [window_role="gimp-dock"] floating disable; move right; move right;
+
+# reload the configuration file
+bindsym $mod+Shift+c reload
+
+# restart i3 inplace (preserves your layout/session, can be used to upgrade i3)
+bindsym $mod+Shift+r restart
+
+# exit i3 (logs you out of your X session)
+#bindsym $mod+Shift+e exec "i3-nagbar -t warning -m 'You pressed the exit shortcut. Do you really want to exit i3? This will end your X session.' -b 'Yes, exit i3' 'i3-msg exit'"
+
+# resize window (you can also use the mouse for that)
+mode "resize" {
+        # These bindings trigger as soon as you enter the resize mode
+
+        # Pressing left will shrink the window’s width.
+        # Pressing right will grow the window’s width.
+        # Pressing up will shrink the window’s height.
+        # Pressing down will grow the window’s height.
+        bindsym h resize shrink width 10 px or 10 ppt
+        bindsym j resize grow height 10 px or 10 ppt
+        bindsym k resize shrink height 10 px or 10 ppt
+        bindsym l resize grow width 10 px or 10 ppt
+
+        # same bindings, but for the arrow keys
+        bindsym Left resize shrink width 10 px or 10 ppt
+        bindsym Down resize grow height 10 px or 10 ppt
+        bindsym Up resize shrink height 10 px or 10 ppt
+        bindsym Right resize grow width 10 px or 10 ppt
+
+        # back to normal: Enter or Escape
+        bindsym Return mode "default"
+        bindsym Escape mode "default"
+}
+
+bindsym $mod+r mode "resize"
+
+
+# Widow Colours
+#                         border  background text    indicator
+  client.focused          $base01 $base01    $base07 $base0F
+  client.focused_inactive $base02 $base02    $base03 $base0F
+  client.unfocused        $base02 $base02    $base03 $base0F
+  client.urgent           $base02 $base08    $base00 $base0F
+
+
+# Start i3bar to display a workspace bar (plus the system information i3status
+# finds out, if available)
+bar {
+        status_command i3status
+        #tray_output primary
+        colors {
+              separator $base03
+              background $base01
+              statusline $base05
+        #                        border  background text
+              focused_workspace  $base01 $base01    $base07
+              active_workspace   $base01 $base02    $base03
+              inactive_workspace $base01 $base01    $base03
+              urgent_workspace   $base01 $base01    $base08
+            }
+}
+
+#Use xfce4 panel instead of i3's
+#exec --no-startup-id xfce4-panel --disable-wm-check
+
+bindsym control+mod1+c exec chromium, workspace $workspace1
+bindsym control+mod1+f exec thunar
+
+
+# Pulse Audio controls
+bindsym XF86AudioRaiseVolume exec --no-startup-id pactl set-sink-volume 1 +5% #increase sound volume
+bindsym XF86AudioLowerVolume exec --no-startup-id pactl set-sink-volume 1 -5% #decrease sound volume
+bindsym XF86AudioMute exec --no-startup-id pactl set-sink-mute 1 toggle # mute sound
+
+# Sreen brightness controls
+bindsym XF86MonBrightnessUp exec xbacklight -inc 20 # increase screen brightness
+bindsym XF86MonBrightnessDown exec xbacklight -dec 20 # decrease screen brightness
+
+# Touchpad controls
+bindsym XF86TouchpadToggle exec /some/path/toggletouchpad.sh # toggle touchpad
+
+# Media player controls
+bindsym XF86AudioPlay exec playerctl play
+bindsym XF86AudioPause exec playerctl pause
+bindsym XF86AudioNext exec playerctl next
+bindsym XF86AudioPrev exec playerctl previous
+
+#printscreen
+bindsym Print exec xfce4-screenshooter -f
+bindsym ctrl+Print exec xfce4-screenshooter -w
+bindsym Shift+Print exec xfce4-screenshooter -r
+
+
+bindsym $mod+x exec --no-startup-id ~/.config/i3/i3exit logout
+
+
+set $mode_system System (l) lock, (e) logout, (s) suspend, (h) hibernate, (r) reboot, (Shift+s) shutdown
+mode "$mode_system" {
+    bindsym l exec --no-startup-id ~/.config/i3/i3exit lock, mode "default"
+    bindsym e exec --no-startup-id ~/.config/i3/i3exit logout, mode "default"
+    bindsym s exec --no-startup-id ~/.config/i3/i3exit suspend, mode "default"
+    bindsym h exec --no-startup-id ~/.config/i3/i3exit hibernate, mode "default"
+    bindsym r exec  --no-startup-id~/.config/i3/i3exit reboot, mode "default"
+    bindsym Shift+s exec --no-startup-id ~/.config/i3/i3exit shutdown, mode "default"
+
+    # back to normal: Enter or Escape
+    bindsym Return mode "default"
+    bindsym Escape mode "default"
+}
+bindsym ctrl+Shift+l mode "$mode_system"
+#bindsym ctrl+l exec "/home/jonathan/.bin/i3exit lock"
+
+
+##################################################
+#                                                #
+#                   i3 Gaps                      #
+#                                                #
+##################################################
+
+for_window [class="^.*"] border pixel 0
+gaps outer 0
+gaps inner 10
+smart_gaps on
+
+set $mode_gaps Gaps: (o) outer, (i) inner, (d) default
+set $mode_gaps_outer Outer Gaps: +|-|0 (local), Shift + +|-|0 (global)
+set $mode_gaps_inner Inner Gaps: +|-|0 (local), Shift + +|-|0 (global)
+bindsym $mod+Shift+g mode "$mode_gaps"
+
+mode "$mode_gaps" {
+        bindsym o			mode "$mode_gaps_outer"
+        bindsym i			mode "$mode_gaps_inner"
+		bindsym d			gaps inner current set 10; gaps outer current set 0
+		bindsym Shift+d		gaps inner all set 10; gaps outer all set 0
+        bindsym Return mode "default"
+        bindsym Escape mode "default"
+}
+
+mode "$mode_gaps_inner" {
+        bindsym plus  gaps inner current plus 5
+        bindsym minus gaps inner current minus 5
+        bindsym 0     gaps inner current set 0
+		bindsym d			gaps inner current set 10
+
+        bindsym Shift+plus  gaps inner all plus 5
+        bindsym Shift+minus gaps inner all minus 5
+        bindsym Shift+0     gaps inner all set 0
+		bindsym Shift+d		gaps inner all set 10
+
+        bindsym Return mode "default"
+        bindsym Escape mode "default"
+}
+mode "$mode_gaps_outer" {
+        bindsym plus  gaps outer current plus 5
+        bindsym minus gaps outer current minus 5
+        bindsym 0     gaps outer current set 0
+		bindsym d			gaps outer current set 0
+
+        bindsym Shift+plus  gaps outer all plus 5
+        bindsym Shift+minus gaps outer all minus 5
+        bindsym Shift+0     gaps outer all set 0
+		bindsym Shift+d		gaps outer all set 0
+
+        bindsym Return mode "default"
+        bindsym Escape mode "default"
+}
+
+
+
+
+#exec --no-startup-id redshift-gtk
+#exec_always feh --bg-fill /home/jonathan/Pictures/Wallpapers/blueConky/dfCXBel.jpg
+exec --no-startup-id compton -f -i 0.95
+exec --no-startup-id albert
+#exec --no-startup-id nm-applet
+#exec --no-startup-id blueman-applet
+#exec --no-startup-id xfce4-clipman
+#exec --no-startup-id xfce4-power-manager
+#exec_always --no-startup-id /usr/lib/kdeconnectd
+#exec_always --no-startup-id indicator-kdeconnect
+#exec_always --no-startup-id killall conky
+#exec_always --no-startup-id sleep 1s; killall -9 conky
+#exec --no-startup-id sh /home/jonathan/.conky/conky-startup.sh
+#exec_always --no-startup-id sleep 2s; conky -c "/home/jonathan/.conky/BibleVerse/bibleGateway"
+#exec_always --no-startup-id sleep 2s; conky -c "/home/jonathan/.conky/MyBlue/MyBlue"
+#exec_always --no-startup-id cd /home/jonathan/.conky/Octupi_Arch
+#exec_always --no-startup-id sleep 2s; conky -c "co_main"
+exec setxkbmap gb
--- a/config/i3/configWork
+++ b/config/i3/configWork
@ -0,0 +1,363 @@
+# i3 config file (v4)
+#
+# Please see http://i3wm.org/docs/userguide.html for a complete reference!
+
+set $mod Mod4
+
+set $base00 #101218
+set $base01 #1f222d
+set $base02 #252936
+set $base03 #7780a1
+set $base04 #C0C5CE
+set $base05 #d1d4e0
+set $base06 #C9CCDB
+set $base07 #ffffff
+set $base08 #ee829f
+set $base09 #f99170
+set $base0A #ffefcc
+set $base0B #a5ffe1
+set $base0C #97e0ff
+set $base0D #97bbf7
+set $base0E #c0b7f9
+set $base0F #fcc09e
+
+
+# Font for window titles. Will also be used by the bar unless a different font
+# is used in the bar {} block below.
+font pango:monospace 8
+
+# This font is widely installed, provides lots of unicode glyphs, right-to-left
+# text rendering and scalability on retina/hidpi displays (thanks to pango).
+font pango:DejaVu Sans Mono 8
+
+# Before i3 v4.8, we used to recommend this one as the default:
+# font -misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--13-120-75-75-C-70-iso10646-1
+# The font above is very space-efficient, that is, it looks good, sharp and
+# clear in small sizes. However, its unicode glyph coverage is limited, the old
+# X core fonts rendering does not support right-to-left and this being a bitmap
+# font, it doesn’t scale on retina/hidpi displays.
+
+# Use Mouse+$mod to drag floating windows to their wanted position
+floating_modifier $mod
+
+# start a terminal
+# bindsym $mod+Return exec xfce4-terminal
+# bindsym $mod+Return exec konsole
+bindsym $mod+Return exec termite
+
+# kill focused window
+bindsym $mod+q kill
+
+# start dmenu (a program launcher)
+#bindsym $mod+d exec dmenu_run
+bindsym $mod+d exec albert toggle
+bindsym XF86Search exec albert toggle
+#bindsym $mod+z exec xfce4-appfinder
+
+#kill i3
+bindsym $mod+Shift+x exec killall i3
+
+for_window [class="xfce4-appfinder"] floating enable
+
+
+
+# There also is the (new) i3-dmenu-desktop which only displays applications
+# shipping a .desktop file. It is a wrapper around dmenu, so you need that
+# installed.
+# bindsym $mod+d exec --no-startup-id i3-dmenu-desktop
+
+# change focus
+bindsym $mod+j focus down 
+bindsym $mod+k focus up
+bindsym $mod+l focus right
+bindsym $mod+h focus left
+
+# alternatively, you can use the cursor keys:
+bindsym $mod+Left focus left
+bindsym $mod+Down focus down
+bindsym $mod+Up focus up
+bindsym $mod+Right focus right
+
+# move focused window
+bindsym $mod+Shift+h move left
+bindsym $mod+Shift+j move down
+bindsym $mod+Shift+k move up
+bindsym $mod+Shift+l move right
+
+# alternatively, you can use the cursor keys:
+bindsym $mod+Shift+Left move left
+bindsym $mod+Shift+Down move down
+bindsym $mod+Shift+Up move up
+bindsym $mod+Shift+Right move right
+
+# split in horizontal orientation
+bindsym $mod+g split h
+
+# split in vertical orientation
+bindsym $mod+v split v
+
+# enter fullscreen mode for the focused container
+bindsym $mod+f fullscreen toggle
+
+# change container layout (stacked, tabbed, toggle split)
+bindsym $mod+s layout stacking
+bindsym $mod+w layout tabbed
+bindsym $mod+e layout toggle split
+
+# toggle tiling / floating
+bindsym $mod+Shift+space floating toggle
+
+# change focus between tiling / floating windows
+bindsym $mod+space focus mode_toggle
+
+# focus the parent container
+bindsym $mod+a focus parent
+
+# focus the child container
+bindsym $mod+Shift+a focus child
+
+
+#set workspace names
+set $workspace1 "1: Browser "
+set $workspace2 "2: Terminal "
+set $workspace3 "3"
+set $workspace4 "4"
+set $workspace5 "5"
+set $workspace6 "6"
+set $workspace7 "7"
+set $workspace8 "8"
+set $workspace9 "9"
+set $workspace10 "10 Chat "
+
+# switch to workspace
+bindsym $mod+1 workspace $workspace1
+bindsym $mod+2 workspace $workspace2
+bindsym $mod+3 workspace $workspace3
+bindsym $mod+4 workspace $workspace4
+bindsym $mod+5 workspace $workspace5
+bindsym $mod+6 workspace $workspace6
+bindsym $mod+7 workspace $workspace7
+bindsym $mod+8 workspace $workspace8
+bindsym $mod+9 workspace $workspace9
+bindsym $mod+0 workspace $workspace10
+
+# move focused container to workspace
+bindsym $mod+Shift+1 move container to workspace $workspace1,  workspace $workspace1
+bindsym $mod+Shift+2 move container to workspace $workspace2,  workspace $workspace2
+bindsym $mod+Shift+3 move container to workspace $workspace3,  workspace $workspace3
+bindsym $mod+Shift+4 move container to workspace $workspace4,  workspace $workspace4
+bindsym $mod+Shift+5 move container to workspace $workspace5,  workspace $workspace5
+bindsym $mod+Shift+6 move container to workspace $workspace6,  workspace $workspace6
+bindsym $mod+Shift+7 move container to workspace $workspace7,  workspace $workspace7
+bindsym $mod+Shift+8 move container to workspace $workspace8,  workspace $workspace8
+bindsym $mod+Shift+9 move container to workspace $workspace9,  workspace $workspace9
+bindsym $mod+Shift+0 move container to workspace $workspace10, workspace $workspace10
+
+# move workspace to left/right
+bindsym $mod+control+Left move workspace to output left
+bindsym $mod+control+Right move workspace to output right
+
+
+bindsym $mod+control+h move workspace to output left
+bindsym $mod+control+l move workspace to output right
+
+
+#assign programs to workspaces
+assign [class="chromium"] $workspace1
+assign [class="skypeforlinux"] $workspace10
+
+#make applications open in floating mode
+for_window [class="Galculator"] floating enable
+
+# reload the configuration file
+bindsym $mod+Shift+c reload
+
+# restart i3 inplace (preserves your layout/session, can be used to upgrade i3)
+bindsym $mod+Shift+r restart
+
+# exit i3 (logs you out of your X session)
+bindsym $mod+Shift+e exec "i3-nagbar -t warning -m 'You pressed the exit shortcut. Do you really want to exit i3? This will end your X session.' -b 'Yes, exit i3' 'i3-msg exit'"
+
+# resize window (you can also use the mouse for that)
+mode "resize" {
+        # These bindings trigger as soon as you enter the resize mode
+
+        # Pressing left will shrink the window’s width.
+        # Pressing right will grow the window’s width.
+        # Pressing up will shrink the window’s height.
+        # Pressing down will grow the window’s height.
+        bindsym h resize shrink width 10 px or 10 ppt
+        bindsym j resize grow height 10 px or 10 ppt
+        bindsym k resize shrink height 10 px or 10 ppt
+        bindsym l resize grow width 10 px or 10 ppt
+
+        # same bindings, but for the arrow keys
+        bindsym Left resize shrink width 10 px or 10 ppt
+        bindsym Down resize grow height 10 px or 10 ppt
+        bindsym Up resize shrink height 10 px or 10 ppt
+        bindsym Right resize grow width 10 px or 10 ppt
+
+        # back to normal: Enter or Escape
+        bindsym Return mode "default"
+        bindsym Escape mode "default"
+}
+
+bindsym $mod+r mode "resize"
+
+
+# Widow Colours
+#                         border  background text    indicator
+  client.focused          $base01 $base01    $base07 $base0F
+  client.focused_inactive $base02 $base02    $base03 $base0F
+  client.unfocused        $base02 $base02    $base03 $base0F
+  client.urgent           $base02 $base08    $base00 $base0F
+
+
+# Start i3bar to display a workspace bar (plus the system information i3status
+# finds out, if available)
+bar {
+        status_command i3status
+        #tray_output primary
+        colors {
+              separator $base03
+              background $base01
+              statusline $base05
+        #                        border  background text
+              focused_workspace  $base01 $base01    $base07
+              active_workspace   $base01 $base02    $base03
+              inactive_workspace $base01 $base01    $base03
+              urgent_workspace   $base01 $base01    $base08
+            }
+}
+
+#Use xfce4 panel instead of i3's
+#exec --no-startup-id xfce4-panel --disable-wm-check
+
+bindsym control+mod1+c exec chromium, workspace $workspace1
+bindsym control+mod1+f exec thunar
+bindsym XF86Mail exec thunderbird
+bindsym $mod+z exec zeal
+
+# Pulse Audio controls
+bindsym XF86AudioRaiseVolume exec --no-startup-id pactl set-sink-volume 0 +5% #increase sound volume
+bindsym XF86AudioLowerVolume exec --no-startup-id pactl set-sink-volume 0 -5% #decrease sound volume
+bindsym XF86AudioMute exec --no-startup-id pactl set-sink-mute 0 toggle # mute sound
+
+# Sreen brightness controls
+#bindsym XF86MonBrightnessUp exec xbacklight -inc 20 # increase screen brightness
+#bindsym XF86MonBrightnessDown exec xbacklight -dec 20 # decrease screen brightness
+
+# Touchpad controls
+#bindsym XF86TouchpadToggle exec /some/path/toggletouchpad.sh # toggle touchpad
+
+# Media player controls
+bindsym XF86AudioPlay exec playerctl play-pause
+#bindsym XF86AudioPause exec playerctl pause
+#bindsym XF86AudioNext exec playerctl next
+#bindsym XF86AudioPrev exec playerctl previous
+
+#calculator button
+bindsym XF86Calculator exec galculator
+
+#printscreen
+bindsym Print exec xfce4-screenshooter -f
+bindsym ctrl+Print exec xfce4-screenshooter -w
+bindsym Shift+Print exec xfce4-screenshooter -r
+
+
+bindsym $mod+x exec --no-startup-id ~/.config/i3/i3exit logout
+
+
+set $mode_system System (l) lock, (e) logout, (s) suspend, (h) hibernate, (r) reboot, (Shift+s) shutdown
+mode "$mode_system" {
+    bindsym l exec --no-startup-id ~/.config/i3/i3exit lock, mode "default"
+    bindsym e exec --no-startup-id ~/.config/i3/i3exit logout, mode "default"
+    bindsym s exec --no-startup-id ~/.config/i3/i3exit suspend, mode "default"
+    bindsym h exec --no-startup-id ~/.config/i3/i3exit hibernate, mode "default"
+    bindsym r exec  --no-startup-id~/.config/i3/i3exit reboot, mode "default"
+    bindsym Shift+s exec --no-startup-id ~/.config/i3/i3exit shutdown, mode "default"
+
+    # back to normal: Enter or Escape
+    bindsym Return mode "default"
+    bindsym Escape mode "default"
+}
+bindsym ctrl+shift+l mode "$mode_system"
+#bindsym ctrl+l exec "~/.config/i3/i3exit lock"
+
+##################################################
+#                                                #
+#                   i3 Gaps                      #
+#                                                #
+##################################################
+
+for_window [class="^.*"] border pixel 0
+gaps outer 0
+gaps inner 10
+smart_gaps on
+
+set $mode_gaps Gaps: (o) outer, (i) inner, (d) default
+set $mode_gaps_outer Outer Gaps: +|-|0 (local), Shift + +|-|0 (global)
+set $mode_gaps_inner Inner Gaps: +|-|0 (local), Shift + +|-|0 (global)
+bindsym $mod+Shift+g mode "$mode_gaps"
+
+mode "$mode_gaps" {
+        bindsym o			mode "$mode_gaps_outer"
+        bindsym i			mode "$mode_gaps_inner"
+		bindsym d			gaps inner current set 10; gaps outer current set 0
+		bindsym Shift+d		gaps inner all set 10; gaps outer all set 0
+        bindsym Return mode "default"
+        bindsym Escape mode "default"
+}
+
+mode "$mode_gaps_inner" {
+        bindsym plus  gaps inner current plus 5
+        bindsym minus gaps inner current minus 5
+        bindsym 0     gaps inner current set 0
+		bindsym d			gaps inner current set 10
+
+        bindsym Shift+plus  gaps inner all plus 5
+        bindsym Shift+minus gaps inner all minus 5
+        bindsym Shift+0     gaps inner all set 0
+		bindsym Shift+d		gaps inner all set 10
+
+        bindsym Return mode "default"
+        bindsym Escape mode "default"
+}
+mode "$mode_gaps_outer" {
+        bindsym plus  gaps outer current plus 5
+        bindsym minus gaps outer current minus 5
+        bindsym 0     gaps outer current set 0
+		bindsym d			gaps outer current set 0
+
+        bindsym Shift+plus  gaps outer all plus 5
+        bindsym Shift+minus gaps outer all minus 5
+        bindsym Shift+0     gaps outer all set 0
+		bindsym Shift+d		gaps outer all set 0
+
+        bindsym Return mode "default"
+        bindsym Escape mode "default"
+}
+
+
+
+
+#exec --no-startup-id redshift-gtk
+
+#exec --no-startup-id redshift-gtk
+#exec feh --bg-scale /home/jonathan/Pictures/Wallpapers/blueConky/ram_memory_chip-wallpaper-3554x1999.jpg
+exec --no-startup-id compton -f -i 0.95
+exec_always --no-startup-id /usr/lib/kdeconnectd
+exec_always --no-startup-id indicator-kdeconnect
+#exec --no-startup-id nm-applet
+#exec --no-startup-id blueman-applet
+exec --no-startup-id xfce4-clipman
+#exec --no-startup-id xfce4-power-manager
+#exec_always --no-startup-id killall conky
+#exec_always --no-startup-id sleep 1s; killall -9 conky
+exec --no-startup-id xrandr --output HDMI-1 --auto --left-of DP-1
+exec_always --no-startup-id /usr/lib/xfce4/notifyd/xfce4-notifyd
+exec --no-startup-id sh ~/.fehbg
+exec_always --no-startup-id sh "/home/jonathan/.config/conky/conky-startup.sh"
+#exec --no-startup-id conky -c "/home/jonathan/.config/conky/BibleVerse/bibleGateway"
+#exec --no-startup-id conky -c "/home/jonathan/.config/conky/MyBlue/MyBlue"
+exec --no-startup-id albert
--- a/config/i3/fadeLockScreen
+++ b/config/i3/fadeLockScreen
@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+
+scrot -z /tmp/screen.png
+convert /tmp/screen.png -scale 10% -scale 1000% /tmp/screen.png
+
+if [[ -f $HOME/.config/screen-lock.png ]] 
+then
+    # placement x/y
+    PX=0
+    PY=0
+    # lockscreen image info
+    R=$(file ~/.config/screen-lock.png | grep -o '[0-9]* x [0-9]*')
+    RX=$(echo $R | cut -d' ' -f 1)
+    RY=$(echo $R | cut -d' ' -f 3)
+
+
+
+    SR=$(xrandr --query | grep ' connected' | cut -f4 -d' ')
+    echo $SR
+    for RES in $SR
+    do
+    	echo $RES
+        # monitor position/offset
+        SRX=$(echo $RES | cut -d'x' -f 1)                   # x pos
+        SRY=$(echo $RES | cut -d'x' -f 2 | cut -d'+' -f 1)  # y pos
+        SROX=$(echo $RES | cut -d'x' -f 2 | cut -d'+' -f 2) # x offset
+        SROY=$(echo $RES | cut -d'x' -f 2 | cut -d'+' -f 3) # y offset
+        PX=$(($SROX + $SRX/2 - $RX/2))
+        PY=$(($SROY + $SRY/2 - $RY/2))
+        convert /tmp/screen.png $HOME/.config/screen-lock.png -geometry +$PX+$PY -composite -matte  /tmp/screen.png
+        echo "done"
+    done
+fi 
+# dbus-send --print-reply --dest=org.mpris.MediaPlayer2.spotify /org/mpris/MediaPlayer2 org.mpris.MediaPlayer2.Player.Stop
+# i3lock  -I 10 -d -e -u -n -i /tmp/screen.png
+i3lock -e -n -i /tmp/screen.png
--- a/config/i3/i3exit
+++ b/config/i3/i3exit
@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+lock() {
+    ~/.config/i3/fadeLockScreen
+    #i3lock
+}
+
+case "$1" in
+    lock)
+        lock
+        ;;
+    logout)
+        i3-msg exit
+        ;;
+    suspend)
+        systemctl suspend && lock
+        ;;
+    hibernate)
+        systemctl hibernate && lock
+        ;;
+    reboot)
+        systemctl reboot
+        ;;
+    shutdown)
+        systemctl poweroff
+        ;;
+    *)
+        echo "Usage: $0 {lock|logout|suspend|hibernate|reboot|shutdown}"
+        exit 2
+esac
+
+exit 0
--- a/config/inkscape/preferences.xml
+++ b/config/inkscape/preferences.xml
--- a/config/powerline-shell/CHANGELOG.md
+++ b/config/powerline-shell/CHANGELOG.md
@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+# Changes
+
+2016-04-16
+
+* Fix issue around unicode function for python 3
+
+2016-04-01
+
+* Refactor of the way the git segment manages data about git's state.
+  ([@b-ryan](https://github.com/milkbikis/powerline-shell/pull/221))
+
+2015-12-26
+
+* Beginnings of unit testing for segments. Included in this change was a
+  refactor of the way segments are added to powerline. Now, instead of looking
+  for a global `powerline` object, `powerline` is passed into the function to
+  add the segment. Segments will also no longer add the segments by calling the
+  `add` function themselves.
+  ([@b-ryan](https://github.com/milkbikis/powerline-shell/pull/212))
+* Python3 fixes for `lib/color_compliment.py`.
+  ([@ceholden](https://github.com/milkbikis/powerline-shell/pull/220))
+
+2015-11-25
+
+* `virtual_env` segment now supports environments made with `conda`
+  ([@ceholden](https://github.com/milkbikis/powerline-shell/pull/198))
+
+2015-11-21
+
+* Fixes for Python 3 compatibility
+  ([@b-ryan](https://github.com/milkbikis/powerline-shell/pull/211))
+
+2015-11-18
+
+* The git segment has gotten a makeover
+  ([@MartinWetterwald](https://github.com/milkbikis/powerline-shell/pull/136))
+* Fix git segment when git is not on the standard PATH
+  ([@andrejgl](https://github.com/milkbikis/powerline-shell/pull/153))
+* Fix `--cwd-max-depth` showing duplicates when it's <= 2
+  ([@b-ryan](https://github.com/milkbikis/powerline-shell/pull/209))
+* Add padding around `exit_code` segment
+  ([@phatblat](https://github.com/milkbikis/powerline-shell/pull/205))
+
+2015-10-02
+
+* New option (`--cwd-max-dir-size`) which allows you to limit each directory
+  that is displayed to a number of characters. This currently does not apply
+  if you are using `--cwd-mode plain`.
+  ([@mart-e](https://github.com/milkbikis/powerline-shell/pull/127))
+
+2015-08-26
+
+* New `plain` mode of displaying the current working directory which can be
+  used by adding `--cwd-only plain` to `powerline-shell.py`.
+  This deprecates the `--cwd-only` option. `--cwd-mode dironly` can be used
+  instead. ([@paol](https://github.com/milkbikis/powerline-shell/pull/156))
+
+2015-08-18
+
+* New `time` segment
+  ([@filipebarros](https://github.com/milkbikis/powerline-shell/pull/107))
+
+2015-08-01
+
+* Use `print` function for some python3 compatibility
+  ([@strycore](https://github.com/milkbikis/powerline-shell/pull/195))
+
+2015-07-31
+
+* The current working directory no longer follows symbolic links
+* New `exit_code` segment
+  ([@disruptek](https://github.com/milkbikis/powerline-shell/pull/129))
+
+2015-07-30
+
+* Fix ZSH root indicator
+  ([@nkcfan](https://github.com/milkbikis/powerline-shell/pull/150))
+* Add uptime segment
+  ([@marcioAlmada](https://github.com/milkbikis/powerline-shell/pull/139))
+
+2015-07-27
+
+* Use `python2` instead of `python` in hashbangs
+  ([@Undeterminant](https://github.com/milkbikis/powerline-shell/pull/100))
+* Add `node_version` segment
+  ([@mmilleruva](https://github.com/milkbikis/powerline-shell/pull/189))
--- a/config/powerline-shell/LICENSE
+++ b/config/powerline-shell/LICENSE
@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+The MIT License (MIT)
+
+Copyright (c) 2014 Shrey Banga and contributors
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
--- a/config/powerline-shell/README.md
+++ b/config/powerline-shell/README.md
@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+A Powerline style prompt for your shell
+=======================================
+
+A [Powerline](https://github.com/Lokaltog/vim-powerline) like prompt for Bash, ZSH and Fish:
+
+![MacVim+Solarized+Powerline+CtrlP](https://raw.github.com/milkbikis/dotfiles-mac/master/bash-powerline-screenshot.png)
+
+*  Shows some important details about the git/svn/hg/fossil branch (see below)
+*  Changes color if the last command exited with a failure code
+*  If you're too deep into a directory tree, shortens the displayed path with an ellipsis
+*  Shows the current Python [virtualenv](http://www.virtualenv.org/) environment
+*  It's easy to customize and extend. See below for details.
+
+### Version Control
+
+All of the version control systems supported by powerline shell give you a
+quick look into the state of your repo:
+
+* The current branch is displayed and changes background color when the
+  branch is dirty.
+* When the local branch differs from the remote, the difference in number
+  of commits is shown along with `⇡` or `⇣` indicating whether a git push
+  or pull is pending
+
+In addition, git has a few extra symbols:
+
+* `✎` -- a file has been modified, but not staged for commit
+* `✔` -- a file is staged for commit
+* `✼` -- a file has conflicts
+
+FIXME
+    *  A `+` appears when untracked files are present (except for git, which
+       uses `?` instead)
+
+Each of these will have a number next to it if more than one file matches.
+
+# Setup
+
+This script uses ANSI color codes to display colors in a terminal. These are
+notoriously non-portable, so may not work for you out of the box, but try
+setting your $TERM to `xterm-256color`, because that works for me.
+
+* Patch the font you use for your terminal: see https://github.com/Lokaltog/powerline-fonts
+
+  * If you struggle too much to get working fonts in your terminal, you can use "compatible" mode.
+  * If you're using old patched fonts, you have to use the older symbols. Basically reverse [this commit](https://github.com/milkbikis/powerline-shell/commit/2a84ecc) in your copy
+
+* Clone this repository somewhere:
+
+        git clone https://github.com/milkbikis/powerline-shell
+
+* Copy `config.py.dist` to `config.py` and edit it to configure the segments you want. Then run
+
+        ./install.py
+
+  * This will generate `powerline-shell.py`
+
+* (optional) Create a symlink to this python script in your home:
+
+        ln -s <path/to/powerline-shell.py> ~/powerline-shell.py
+
+  * If you don't want the symlink, just modify the path in the commands below
+
+* For python2.6 you have to install argparse
+
+        pip install argparse
+
+### All Shells:
+There are a few optional arguments which can be seen by running `powerline-shell.py --help`.
+
+```
+  --cwd-mode {fancy,plain,dironly}
+                        How to display the current directory
+  --cwd-max-depth CWD_MAX_DEPTH
+                        Maximum number of directories to show in path
+  --cwd-max-dir-size CWD_MAX_DIR_SIZE
+                        Maximum number of letters displayed for each directory
+                        in the path
+  --colorize-hostname   Colorize the hostname based on a hash of itself.
+  --mode {patched,compatible,flat}
+                        The characters used to make separators between
+                        segments
+```
+
+### Bash:
+Add the following to your `.bashrc` (or `.profile` on Mac):
+
+```
+function _update_ps1() {
+    PS1="$(~/powerline-shell.py $? 2> /dev/null)"
+}
+
+if [ "$TERM" != "linux" ]; then
+    PROMPT_COMMAND="_update_ps1; $PROMPT_COMMAND"
+fi
+```
+
+### ZSH:
+Add the following to your `.zshrc`:
+
+```
+function powerline_precmd() {
+    PS1="$(~/powerline-shell.py $? --shell zsh 2> /dev/null)"
+}
+
+function install_powerline_precmd() {
+  for s in "${precmd_functions[@]}"; do
+    if [ "$s" = "powerline_precmd" ]; then
+      return
+    fi
+  done
+  precmd_functions+=(powerline_precmd)
+}
+
+if [ "$TERM" != "linux" ]; then
+    install_powerline_precmd
+fi
+```
+
+### Fish:
+Redefine `fish_prompt` in ~/.config/fish/config.fish:
+
+```
+function fish_prompt
+    ~/powerline-shell.py $status --shell bare ^/dev/null
+end
+```
+
+# Customization
+
+### Adding, Removing and Re-arranging segments
+
+The `config.py` file defines which segments are drawn and in which order. Simply
+comment out and rearrange segment names to get your desired arrangement. Every
+time you change `config.py`, run `install.py`, which will generate a new
+`powerline-shell.py` customized to your configuration. You should see the new
+prompt immediately.
+
+### Contributing new types of segments
+
+The `segments` directory contains python scripts which are injected as is into
+a single file `powerline_shell_base.py`. Each segment script defines a function
+that inserts one or more segments into the prompt. If you want to add a new
+segment, simply create a new file in the segments directory and add its name to
+the `config.py` file at the appropriate location.
+
+Make sure that your script does not introduce new globals which might conflict
+with other scripts. Your script should fail silently and run quickly in any
+scenario.
+
+Make sure you introduce new default colors in `themes/default.py` for every new
+segment you create. Test your segment with this theme first.
+
+You should add tests for your segment as best you are able. Unit and
+integration tests are both welcome. Run your tests with the `nosetests` command
+after install the requirements in `dev_requirements.txt`.
+
+### Themes
+
+The `themes` directory stores themes for your prompt, which are basically color
+values used by segments. The `default.py` defines a default theme which can be
+used standalone, and every other theme falls back to it if they miss colors for
+any segments. Create new themes by copying any other existing theme and
+changing the values. To use a theme, set the `THEME` variable in `config.py` to
+the name of your theme.
+
+A script for testing color combinations is provided at `themes/colortest.py`.
+Note that the colors you see may vary depending on your terminal. When designing
+a theme, please test your theme on multiple terminals, especially with default
+settings.
--- a/config/powerline-shell/bob
+++ b/config/powerline-shell/bob
--- a/config/powerline-shell/circle.yml
+++ b/config/powerline-shell/circle.yml
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+dependencies:
+    pre:
+        - sudo pip install -r dev_requirements.txt
+        - git config --global user.email "tester@example.com"
+        - git config --global user.name "Tester McGee"
--- a/config/powerline-shell/config.py
+++ b/config/powerline-shell/config.py
@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+# This is the configuration file for your powerline-shell prompt
+# Every time you make a change to this file, run install.py to apply changes
+#
+# For instructions on how to use the powerline-shell.py script, see the README
+
+# Add, remove or rearrange these segments to customize what you see on the shell
+# prompt. Any segment you add must be present in the segments/ directory
+
+SEGMENTS = [
+# Set the terminal window title to user@host:dir
+    'set_term_title',
+
+# Show current virtual environment (see http://www.virtualenv.org/)
+    'virtual_env',
+
+# Show the current user's username as in ordinary prompts
+    'username',
+
+# Show the machine's hostname. Mostly used when ssh-ing into other machines
+#    'hostname',
+
+# Show a padlock when ssh-ing from another machine
+    'ssh',
+
+# Show the current directory. If the path is too long, the middle part is
+# replaced with ellipsis ('...')
+    'cwd',
+
+# Show a padlock if the current user has no write access to the current
+# directory
+    'read_only',
+
+# Show the current git branch and status
+    'git',
+
+# Show the current mercurial branch and status
+    'hg',
+
+# Show the current svn branch and status
+    'svn',
+
+# Show the current fossil branch and status
+    'fossil',
+
+# Show number of running jobs
+    'jobs',
+
+# Show the last command's exit code if it was non-zero
+#    'exit_code',
+
+# Shows a '#' if the current user is root, '$' otherwise
+# Also, changes color if the last command exited with a non-zero error code
+    'root',
+]
+
+# Change the colors used to draw individual segments in your prompt
+THEME = 'default'
--- a/config/powerline-shell/config.py.dist
+++ b/config/powerline-shell/config.py.dist
@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+# This is the configuration file for your powerline-shell prompt
+# Every time you make a change to this file, run install.py to apply changes
+#
+# For instructions on how to use the powerline-shell.py script, see the README
+
+# Add, remove or rearrange these segments to customize what you see on the shell
+# prompt. Any segment you add must be present in the segments/ directory
+
+SEGMENTS = [
+# Set the terminal window title to user@host:dir
+#    'set_term_title',
+
+# Show current virtual environment (see http://www.virtualenv.org/)
+    'virtual_env',
+
+# Show the current user's username as in ordinary prompts
+    'username',
+
+# Show the machine's hostname. Mostly used when ssh-ing into other machines
+    'hostname',
+
+# Show a padlock when ssh-ing from another machine
+    'ssh',
+
+# Show the current directory. If the path is too long, the middle part is
+# replaced with ellipsis ('...')
+    'cwd',
+
+# Show a padlock if the current user has no write access to the current
+# directory
+    'read_only',
+
+# Show the current git branch and status
+    'git',
+
+# Show the current mercurial branch and status
+    'hg',
+
+# Show the current svn branch and status
+    'svn',
+
+# Show the current fossil branch and status
+    'fossil',
+
+# Show number of running jobs
+    'jobs',
+
+# Show the last command's exit code if it was non-zero
+#    'exit_code',
+
+# Shows a '#' if the current user is root, '$' otherwise
+# Also, changes color if the last command exited with a non-zero error code
+    'root',
+]
+
+# Change the colors used to draw individual segments in your prompt
+THEME = 'default'
--- a/config/powerline-shell/dev_requirements.txt
+++ b/config/powerline-shell/dev_requirements.txt
@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+nose>=1.3.7
+mock>=1.3.0
+sh>=1.11
--- a/config/powerline-shell/install.py
+++ b/config/powerline-shell/install.py
@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env python
+from __future__ import print_function
+import os
+import stat
+
+try:
+    import config
+except ImportError:
+    print('Created personal config.py for your customizations')
+    import shutil
+    shutil.copyfile('config.py.dist', 'config.py')
+    import config
+
+TEMPLATE_FILE = 'powerline_shell_base.py'
+OUTPUT_FILE = 'powerline-shell.py'
+SEGMENTS_DIR = 'segments'
+THEMES_DIR = 'themes'
+
+def load_source(srcfile):
+    try:
+        return ''.join(open(srcfile).readlines()) + '\n\n'
+    except IOError:
+        print('Could not open', srcfile)
+        return ''
+
+if __name__ == "__main__":
+    source = load_source(TEMPLATE_FILE)
+    source += load_source(os.path.join(THEMES_DIR, 'default.py'))
+
+    if config.THEME != 'default':
+        source += load_source(os.path.join(THEMES_DIR, config.THEME + '.py'))
+
+    for segment in config.SEGMENTS:
+        source += load_source(os.path.join(SEGMENTS_DIR, segment + '.py'))
+
+        # assumes each segment file will have a function called
+        # add_segment__[segment] that accepts the powerline object
+        source += 'add_{}_segment(powerline)\n'.format(segment)
+
+    source += 'sys.stdout.write(powerline.draw())\n'
+
+    try:
+        open(OUTPUT_FILE, 'w').write(source)
+        st = os.stat(OUTPUT_FILE)
+        os.chmod(OUTPUT_FILE, st.st_mode | stat.S_IEXEC)
+        print(OUTPUT_FILE, 'saved successfully')
+    except IOError:
+        print('ERROR: Could not write to powerline-shell.py. Make sure it is writable')
+        exit(1)
--- a/config/powerline-shell/powerline-shell.py
+++ b/config/powerline-shell/powerline-shell.py
@ -0,0 +1,704 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env python
+# -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
+from __future__ import print_function
+
+import argparse
+import os
+import sys
+
+py3 = sys.version_info.major == 3
+
+
+def warn(msg):
+    print('[powerline-bash] ', msg)
+
+
+if py3:
+    def unicode(x):
+        return x
+
+
+class Powerline:
+    symbols = {
+        'compatible': {
+            'lock': 'RO',
+            'network': 'SSH',
+            'separator': u'\u25B6',
+            'separator_thin': u'\u276F'
+        },
+        'patched': {
+            'lock': u'\uE0A2',
+            'network': u'\uE0A2',
+            'separator': u'\uE0B0',
+            'separator_thin': u'\uE0B1'
+        },
+        'flat': {
+            'lock': '',
+            'network': '',
+            'separator': '',
+            'separator_thin': ''
+        },
+    }
+
+    color_templates = {
+        'bash': '\\[\\e%s\\]',
+        'zsh': '%%{%s%%}',
+        'bare': '%s',
+    }
+
+    def __init__(self, args, cwd):
+        self.args = args
+        self.cwd = cwd
+        mode, shell = args.mode, args.shell
+        self.color_template = self.color_templates[shell]
+        self.reset = self.color_template % '[0m'
+        self.lock = Powerline.symbols[mode]['lock']
+        self.network = Powerline.symbols[mode]['network']
+        self.separator = Powerline.symbols[mode]['separator']
+        self.separator_thin = Powerline.symbols[mode]['separator_thin']
+        self.segments = []
+
+    def color(self, prefix, code):
+        if code is None:
+            return ''
+        else:
+            return self.color_template % ('[%s;5;%sm' % (prefix, code))
+
+    def fgcolor(self, code):
+        return self.color('38', code)
+
+    def bgcolor(self, code):
+        return self.color('48', code)
+
+    def append(self, content, fg, bg, separator=None, separator_fg=None):
+        self.segments.append((content, fg, bg,
+            separator if separator is not None else self.separator,
+            separator_fg if separator_fg is not None else bg))
+
+    def draw(self):
+        text = (''.join(self.draw_segment(i) for i in range(len(self.segments)))
+                + self.reset) + ' '
+        if py3:
+            return text
+        else:
+            return text.encode('utf-8')
+
+    def draw_segment(self, idx):
+        segment = self.segments[idx]
+        next_segment = self.segments[idx + 1] if idx < len(self.segments)-1 else None
+
+        return ''.join((
+            self.fgcolor(segment[1]),
+            self.bgcolor(segment[2]),
+            segment[0],
+            self.bgcolor(next_segment[2]) if next_segment else self.reset,
+            self.fgcolor(segment[4]),
+            segment[3]))
+
+
+class RepoStats:
+    symbols = {
+        'detached': u'\u2693',
+        'ahead': u'\u2B06',
+        'behind': u'\u2B07',
+        'staged': u'\u2714',
+        'not_staged': u'\u270E',
+        'untracked': u'\u003F',
+        'conflicted': u'\u273C'
+    }
+
+    def __init__(self):
+        self.ahead = 0
+        self.behind = 0
+        self.untracked = 0
+        self.not_staged = 0
+        self.staged = 0
+        self.conflicted = 0
+
+    @property
+    def dirty(self):
+        qualifiers = [
+            self.untracked,
+            self.not_staged,
+            self.staged,
+            self.conflicted,
+        ]
+        return sum(qualifiers) > 0
+
+    def __getitem__(self, _key):
+        return getattr(self, _key)
+
+    def n_or_empty(self, _key):
+        """Given a string name of one of the properties of this class, returns
+        the value of the property as a string when the value is greater than
+        1. When it is not greater than one, returns an empty string.
+
+        As an example, if you want to show an icon for untracked files, but you
+        only want a number to appear next to the icon when there are more than
+        one untracked files, you can do:
+
+            segment = repo_stats.n_or_empty("untracked") + icon_string
+        """
+        return unicode(self[_key]) if int(self[_key]) > 1 else u''
+
+    def add_to_powerline(self, powerline, color):
+        def add(_key, fg, bg):
+            if self[_key]:
+                s = u" {}{} ".format(self.n_or_empty(_key), self.symbols[_key])
+                powerline.append(s, fg, bg)
+        add('ahead', color.GIT_AHEAD_FG, color.GIT_AHEAD_BG)
+        add('behind', color.GIT_BEHIND_FG, color.GIT_BEHIND_BG)
+        add('staged', color.GIT_STAGED_FG, color.GIT_STAGED_BG)
+        add('not_staged', color.GIT_NOTSTAGED_FG, color.GIT_NOTSTAGED_BG)
+        add('untracked', color.GIT_UNTRACKED_FG, color.GIT_UNTRACKED_BG)
+        add('conflicted', color.GIT_CONFLICTED_FG, color.GIT_CONFLICTED_BG)
+
+
+def get_valid_cwd():
+    """ We check if the current working directory is valid or not. Typically
+        happens when you checkout a different branch on git that doesn't have
+        this directory.
+        We return the original cwd because the shell still considers that to be
+        the working directory, so returning our guess will confuse people
+    """
+    # Prefer the PWD environment variable. Python's os.getcwd function follows
+    # symbolic links, which is undesirable. But if PWD is not set then fall
+    # back to this func
+    try:
+        cwd = os.getenv('PWD') or os.getcwd()
+    except:
+        warn("Your current directory is invalid. If you open a ticket at " +
+            "https://github.com/milkbikis/powerline-shell/issues/new " +
+            "we would love to help fix the issue.")
+        sys.stdout.write("> ")
+        sys.exit(1)
+
+    parts = cwd.split(os.sep)
+    up = cwd
+    while parts and not os.path.exists(up):
+        parts.pop()
+        up = os.sep.join(parts)
+    if cwd != up:
+        warn("Your current directory is invalid. Lowest valid directory: "
+            + up)
+    return cwd
+
+
+if __name__ == "__main__":
+    arg_parser = argparse.ArgumentParser()
+    arg_parser.add_argument('--cwd-mode', action='store',
+            help='How to display the current directory', default='fancy',
+            choices=['fancy', 'plain', 'dironly'])
+    arg_parser.add_argument('--cwd-only', action='store_true',
+            help='Deprecated. Use --cwd-mode=dironly')
+    arg_parser.add_argument('--cwd-max-depth', action='store', type=int,
+            default=5, help='Maximum number of directories to show in path')
+    arg_parser.add_argument('--cwd-max-dir-size', action='store', type=int,
+            help='Maximum number of letters displayed for each directory in the path')
+    arg_parser.add_argument('--colorize-hostname', action='store_true',
+            help='Colorize the hostname based on a hash of itself.')
+    arg_parser.add_argument('--mode', action='store', default='patched',
+            help='The characters used to make separators between segments',
+            choices=['patched', 'compatible', 'flat'])
+    arg_parser.add_argument('--shell', action='store', default='bash',
+            help='Set this to your shell type', choices=['bash', 'zsh', 'bare'])
+    arg_parser.add_argument('prev_error', nargs='?', type=int, default=0,
+            help='Error code returned by the last command')
+    args = arg_parser.parse_args()
+
+    powerline = Powerline(args, get_valid_cwd())
+
+
+class DefaultColor:
+    """
+    This class should have the default colors for every segment.
+    Please test every new segment with this theme first.
+    """
+    USERNAME_FG = 250
+    USERNAME_BG = 240
+    USERNAME_ROOT_BG = 124
+
+    HOSTNAME_FG = 250
+    HOSTNAME_BG = 238
+
+    HOME_SPECIAL_DISPLAY = True
+    HOME_BG = 31  # blueish
+    HOME_FG = 15  # white
+    PATH_BG = 237  # dark grey
+    PATH_FG = 250  # light grey
+    CWD_FG = 254  # nearly-white grey
+    SEPARATOR_FG = 244
+
+    READONLY_BG = 124
+    READONLY_FG = 254
+
+    SSH_BG = 166 # medium orange
+    SSH_FG = 254
+
+    REPO_CLEAN_BG = 148  # a light green color
+    REPO_CLEAN_FG = 0  # black
+    REPO_DIRTY_BG = 161  # pink/red
+    REPO_DIRTY_FG = 15  # white
+
+    JOBS_FG = 39
+    JOBS_BG = 238
+
+    CMD_PASSED_BG = 236
+    CMD_PASSED_FG = 15
+    CMD_FAILED_BG = 161
+    CMD_FAILED_FG = 15
+
+    SVN_CHANGES_BG = 148
+    SVN_CHANGES_FG = 22  # dark green
+
+    GIT_AHEAD_BG = 240
+    GIT_AHEAD_FG = 250
+    GIT_BEHIND_BG = 240
+    GIT_BEHIND_FG = 250
+    GIT_STAGED_BG = 22
+    GIT_STAGED_FG = 15
+    GIT_NOTSTAGED_BG = 130
+    GIT_NOTSTAGED_FG = 15
+    GIT_UNTRACKED_BG = 52
+    GIT_UNTRACKED_FG = 15
+    GIT_CONFLICTED_BG = 9
+    GIT_CONFLICTED_FG = 15
+
+    VIRTUAL_ENV_BG = 35  # a mid-tone green
+    VIRTUAL_ENV_FG = 00
+
+class Color(DefaultColor):
+    """
+    This subclass is required when the user chooses to use 'default' theme.
+    Because the segments require a 'Color' class for every theme.
+    """
+    pass
+
+
+def add_set_term_title_segment(powerline):
+    term = os.getenv('TERM')
+    if not (('xterm' in term) or ('rxvt' in term)):
+        return
+
+    if powerline.args.shell == 'bash':
+        set_title = '\\[\\e]0;\\u@\\h: \\w\\a\\]'
+    elif powerline.args.shell == 'zsh':
+        set_title = '\033]0;%n@%m: %~\007'
+    else:
+        import socket
+        set_title = '\033]0;%s@%s: %s\007' % (os.getenv('USER'), socket.gethostname().split('.')[0], powerline.cwd or os.getenv('PWD'))
+
+    powerline.append(set_title, None, None, '')
+
+
+
+add_set_term_title_segment(powerline)
+import os
+
+def add_virtual_env_segment(powerline):
+    env = os.getenv('VIRTUAL_ENV') or os.getenv('CONDA_ENV_PATH')
+    if env is None:
+        return
+
+    env_name = os.path.basename(env)
+    bg = Color.VIRTUAL_ENV_BG
+    fg = Color.VIRTUAL_ENV_FG
+    powerline.append(' %s ' % env_name, fg, bg)
+
+
+add_virtual_env_segment(powerline)
+
+def add_username_segment(powerline):
+    import os
+    if powerline.args.shell == 'bash':
+        user_prompt = ' \\u '
+    elif powerline.args.shell == 'zsh':
+        user_prompt = ' %n '
+    else:
+        user_prompt = ' %s ' % os.getenv('USER')
+
+    if os.getenv('USER') == 'root':
+        bgcolor = Color.USERNAME_ROOT_BG
+    else:
+        bgcolor = Color.USERNAME_BG
+
+    powerline.append(user_prompt, Color.USERNAME_FG, bgcolor)
+
+
+add_username_segment(powerline)
+import os
+
+def add_ssh_segment(powerline):
+
+    if os.getenv('SSH_CLIENT'):
+        powerline.append(' %s ' % powerline.network, Color.SSH_FG, Color.SSH_BG)
+
+
+add_ssh_segment(powerline)
+import os
+
+ELLIPSIS = u'\u2026'
+
+
+def replace_home_dir(cwd):
+    home = os.getenv('HOME')
+    if cwd.startswith(home):
+        return '~' + cwd[len(home):]
+    return cwd
+
+
+def split_path_into_names(cwd):
+    names = cwd.split(os.sep)
+
+    if names[0] == '':
+        names = names[1:]
+
+    if not names[0]:
+        return ['/']
+
+    return names
+
+
+def requires_special_home_display(name):
+    """Returns true if the given directory name matches the home indicator and
+    the chosen theme should use a special home indicator display."""
+    return (name == '~' and Color.HOME_SPECIAL_DISPLAY)
+
+
+def maybe_shorten_name(powerline, name):
+    """If the user has asked for each directory name to be shortened, will
+    return the name up to their specified length. Otherwise returns the full
+    name."""
+    if powerline.args.cwd_max_dir_size:
+        return name[:powerline.args.cwd_max_dir_size]
+    return name
+
+
+def get_fg_bg(name):
+    """Returns the foreground and background color to use for the given name.
+    """
+    if requires_special_home_display(name):
+        return (Color.HOME_FG, Color.HOME_BG,)
+    return (Color.PATH_FG, Color.PATH_BG,)
+
+
+def add_cwd_segment(powerline):
+    cwd = powerline.cwd or os.getenv('PWD')
+    if not py3:
+        cwd = cwd.decode("utf-8")
+    cwd = replace_home_dir(cwd)
+
+    if powerline.args.cwd_mode == 'plain':
+        powerline.append(' %s ' % (cwd,), Color.CWD_FG, Color.PATH_BG)
+        return
+
+    names = split_path_into_names(cwd)
+
+    max_depth = powerline.args.cwd_max_depth
+    if max_depth <= 0:
+        warn("Ignoring --cwd-max-depth argument since it's not greater than 0")
+    elif len(names) > max_depth:
+        # https://github.com/milkbikis/powerline-shell/issues/148
+        # n_before is the number is the number of directories to put before the
+        # ellipsis. So if you are at ~/a/b/c/d/e and max depth is 4, it will
+        # show `~ a ... d e`.
+        #
+        # max_depth must be greater than n_before or else you end up repeating
+        # parts of the path with the way the splicing is written below.
+        n_before = 2 if max_depth > 2 else max_depth - 1
+        names = names[:n_before] + [ELLIPSIS] + names[n_before - max_depth:]
+
+    if (powerline.args.cwd_mode == 'dironly' or powerline.args.cwd_only):
+        # The user has indicated they only want the current directory to be
+        # displayed, so chop everything else off
+        names = names[-1:]
+
+    for i, name in enumerate(names):
+        fg, bg = get_fg_bg(name)
+
+        separator = powerline.separator_thin
+        separator_fg = Color.SEPARATOR_FG
+        is_last_dir = (i == len(names) - 1)
+        if requires_special_home_display(name) or is_last_dir:
+            separator = None
+            separator_fg = None
+
+        powerline.append(' %s ' % maybe_shorten_name(powerline, name), fg, bg,
+                         separator, separator_fg)
+
+
+add_cwd_segment(powerline)
+import os
+
+def add_read_only_segment(powerline):
+    cwd = powerline.cwd or os.getenv('PWD')
+
+    if not os.access(cwd, os.W_OK):
+        powerline.append(' %s ' % powerline.lock, Color.READONLY_FG, Color.READONLY_BG)
+
+
+add_read_only_segment(powerline)
+import re
+import subprocess
+import os
+
+def get_PATH():
+    """Normally gets the PATH from the OS. This function exists to enable
+    easily mocking the PATH in tests.
+    """
+    return os.getenv("PATH")
+
+def git_subprocess_env():
+    return {
+        # LANG is specified to ensure git always uses a language we are expecting.
+        # Otherwise we may be unable to parse the output.
+        "LANG": "C",
+
+        # https://github.com/milkbikis/powerline-shell/pull/126
+        "HOME": os.getenv("HOME"),
+
+        # https://github.com/milkbikis/powerline-shell/pull/153
+        "PATH": get_PATH(),
+    }
+
+
+def parse_git_branch_info(status):
+    info = re.search('^## (?P<local>\S+?)''(\.{3}(?P<remote>\S+?)( \[(ahead (?P<ahead>\d+)(, )?)?(behind (?P<behind>\d+))?\])?)?$', status[0])
+    return info.groupdict() if info else None
+
+
+def _get_git_detached_branch():
+    p = subprocess.Popen(['git', 'describe', '--tags', '--always'],
+                         stdout=subprocess.PIPE, stderr=subprocess.PIPE,
+                         env=git_subprocess_env())
+    detached_ref = p.communicate()[0].decode("utf-8").rstrip('\n')
+    if p.returncode == 0:
+        branch = u'{} {}'.format(RepoStats.symbols['detached'], detached_ref)
+    else:
+        branch = 'Big Bang'
+    return branch
+
+
+def parse_git_stats(status):
+    stats = RepoStats()
+    for statusline in status[1:]:
+        code = statusline[:2]
+        if code == '??':
+            stats.untracked += 1
+        elif code in ('DD', 'AU', 'UD', 'UA', 'DU', 'AA', 'UU'):
+            stats.conflicted += 1
+        else:
+            if code[1] != ' ':
+                stats.not_staged += 1
+            if code[0] != ' ':
+                stats.staged += 1
+
+    return stats
+
+
+def add_git_segment(powerline):
+    try:
+        p = subprocess.Popen(['git', 'status', '--porcelain', '-b'],
+                             stdout=subprocess.PIPE, stderr=subprocess.PIPE,
+                             env=git_subprocess_env())
+    except OSError:
+        # Popen will throw an OSError if git is not found
+        return
+
+    pdata = p.communicate()
+    if p.returncode != 0:
+        return
+
+    status = pdata[0].decode("utf-8").splitlines()
+    stats = parse_git_stats(status)
+    branch_info = parse_git_branch_info(status)
+
+    if branch_info:
+        stats.ahead = branch_info["ahead"]
+        stats.behind = branch_info["behind"]
+        branch = branch_info['local']
+    else:
+        branch = _get_git_detached_branch()
+
+    bg = Color.REPO_CLEAN_BG
+    fg = Color.REPO_CLEAN_FG
+    if stats.dirty:
+        bg = Color.REPO_DIRTY_BG
+        fg = Color.REPO_DIRTY_FG
+
+    powerline.append(' %s ' % branch, fg, bg)
+    stats.add_to_powerline(powerline, Color)
+
+
+add_git_segment(powerline)
+import os
+import subprocess
+
+def get_hg_status():
+    has_modified_files = False
+    has_untracked_files = False
+    has_missing_files = False
+
+    p = subprocess.Popen(['hg', 'status'], stdout=subprocess.PIPE)
+    output = p.communicate()[0].decode("utf-8")
+
+    for line in output.split('\n'):
+        if line == '':
+            continue
+        elif line[0] == '?':
+            has_untracked_files = True
+        elif line[0] == '!':
+            has_missing_files = True
+        else:
+            has_modified_files = True
+    return has_modified_files, has_untracked_files, has_missing_files
+
+def add_hg_segment(powerline):
+    branch = os.popen('hg branch 2> /dev/null').read().rstrip()
+    if len(branch) == 0:
+        return False
+    bg = Color.REPO_CLEAN_BG
+    fg = Color.REPO_CLEAN_FG
+    has_modified_files, has_untracked_files, has_missing_files = get_hg_status()
+    if has_modified_files or has_untracked_files or has_missing_files:
+        bg = Color.REPO_DIRTY_BG
+        fg = Color.REPO_DIRTY_FG
+        extra = ''
+        if has_untracked_files:
+            extra += '+'
+        if has_missing_files:
+            extra += '!'
+        branch += (' ' + extra if extra != '' else '')
+    return powerline.append(' %s ' % branch, fg, bg)
+
+
+add_hg_segment(powerline)
+import subprocess
+
+
+def _add_svn_segment(powerline):
+    is_svn = subprocess.Popen(['svn', 'status'],
+                              stdout=subprocess.PIPE, stderr=subprocess.PIPE)
+    is_svn_output = is_svn.communicate()[1].decode("utf-8").strip()
+    if len(is_svn_output) != 0:
+        return
+
+    #"svn status | grep -c "^[ACDIMRX\\!\\~]"
+    p1 = subprocess.Popen(['svn', 'status'], stdout=subprocess.PIPE,
+            stderr=subprocess.PIPE)
+    p2 = subprocess.Popen(['grep', '-c', '^[ACDIMR\\!\\~]'],
+            stdin=p1.stdout, stdout=subprocess.PIPE)
+    output = p2.communicate()[0].decode("utf-8").strip()
+    if len(output) > 0 and int(output) > 0:
+        changes = output.strip()
+        powerline.append(' %s ' % changes, Color.SVN_CHANGES_FG, Color.SVN_CHANGES_BG)
+
+
+def add_svn_segment(powerline):
+    """Wraps _add_svn_segment in exception handling."""
+
+    # FIXME This function was added when introducing a testing framework,
+    # during which the 'powerline' object was passed into the
+    # `add_[segment]_segment` functions instead of being a global variable. At
+    # that time it was unclear whether the below exceptions could actually be
+    # thrown. It would be preferable to find out whether they ever will. If so,
+    # write a comment explaining when. Otherwise remove.
+
+    try:
+        _add_svn_segment(powerline)
+    except OSError:
+        pass
+    except subprocess.CalledProcessError:
+        pass
+
+
+add_svn_segment(powerline)
+import os
+import subprocess
+
+def get_fossil_status():
+    has_modified_files = False
+    has_untracked_files = False
+    has_missing_files = False
+    output = os.popen('fossil changes 2>/dev/null').read().strip()
+    has_untracked_files = True if os.popen("fossil extras 2>/dev/null").read().strip() else False
+    has_missing_files = 'MISSING' in output
+    has_modified_files = 'EDITED' in output
+
+    return has_modified_files, has_untracked_files, has_missing_files
+
+def _add_fossil_segment(powerline):
+    subprocess.Popen(['fossil'], stdout=subprocess.PIPE).communicate()[0]
+    branch = ''.join([i.replace('*','').strip() for i in os.popen("fossil branch 2> /dev/null").read().strip().split("\n") if i.startswith('*')])
+    if len(branch) == 0:
+        return
+
+    bg = Color.REPO_CLEAN_BG
+    fg = Color.REPO_CLEAN_FG
+    has_modified_files, has_untracked_files, has_missing_files = get_fossil_status()
+    if has_modified_files or has_untracked_files or has_missing_files:
+        bg = Color.REPO_DIRTY_BG
+        fg = Color.REPO_DIRTY_FG
+        extra = ''
+        if has_untracked_files:
+            extra += '+'
+        if has_missing_files:
+            extra += '!'
+        branch += (' ' + extra if extra != '' else '')
+    powerline.append(' %s ' % branch, fg, bg)
+
+def add_fossil_segment(powerline):
+    """Wraps _add_fossil_segment in exception handling."""
+
+    # FIXME This function was added when introducing a testing framework,
+    # during which the 'powerline' object was passed into the
+    # `add_[segment]_segment` functions instead of being a global variable. At
+    # that time it was unclear whether the below exceptions could actually be
+    # thrown. It would be preferable to find out whether they ever will. If so,
+    # write a comment explaining when. Otherwise remove.
+
+    try:
+        _add_fossil_segment(powerline)
+    except OSError:
+        pass
+    except subprocess.CalledProcessError:
+        pass
+
+
+add_fossil_segment(powerline)
+import os
+import re
+import subprocess
+
+def add_jobs_segment(powerline):
+    pppid_proc = subprocess.Popen(['ps', '-p', str(os.getppid()), '-oppid='],
+                                  stdout=subprocess.PIPE)
+    pppid = pppid_proc.communicate()[0].decode("utf-8").strip()
+
+    output_proc = subprocess.Popen(['ps', '-a', '-o', 'ppid'],
+                                   stdout=subprocess.PIPE)
+    output = output_proc.communicate()[0].decode("utf-8")
+
+    num_jobs = len(re.findall(str(pppid), output)) - 1
+
+    if num_jobs > 0:
+        powerline.append(' %d ' % num_jobs, Color.JOBS_FG, Color.JOBS_BG)
+
+
+add_jobs_segment(powerline)
+def add_root_segment(powerline):
+    root_indicators = {
+        'bash': ' \\$ ',
+        'zsh': ' %# ',
+        'bare': ' $ ',
+    }
+    bg = Color.CMD_PASSED_BG
+    fg = Color.CMD_PASSED_FG
+    if powerline.args.prev_error != 0:
+        fg = Color.CMD_FAILED_FG
+        bg = Color.CMD_FAILED_BG
+    powerline.append(root_indicators[powerline.args.shell], fg, bg)
+
+
+add_root_segment(powerline)
+sys.stdout.write(powerline.draw())
--- a/config/powerline-shell/powerline_shell_base.py
+++ b/config/powerline-shell/powerline_shell_base.py
@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env python
+# -*- coding: utf-8 -*-
+from __future__ import print_function
+
+import argparse
+import os
+import sys
+
+py3 = sys.version_info.major == 3
+
+
+def warn(msg):
+    print('[powerline-bash] ', msg)
+
+
+if py3:
+    def unicode(x):
+        return x
+
+
+class Powerline:
+    symbols = {
+        'compatible': {
+            'lock': 'RO',
+            'network': 'SSH',
+            'separator': u'\u25B6',
+            'separator_thin': u'\u276F'
+        },
+        'patched': {
+            'lock': u'\uE0A2',
+            'network': u'\uE0A2',
+            'separator': u'\uE0B0',
+            'separator_thin': u'\uE0B1'
+        },
+        'flat': {
+            'lock': '',
+            'network': '',
+            'separator': '',
+            'separator_thin': ''
+        },
+    }
+
+    color_templates = {
+        'bash': '\\[\\e%s\\]',
+        'zsh': '%%{%s%%}',
+        'bare': '%s',
+    }
+
+    def __init__(self, args, cwd):
+        self.args = args
+        self.cwd = cwd
+        mode, shell = args.mode, args.shell
+        self.color_template = self.color_templates[shell]
+        self.reset = self.color_template % '[0m'
+        self.lock = Powerline.symbols[mode]['lock']
+        self.network = Powerline.symbols[mode]['network']
+        self.separator = Powerline.symbols[mode]['separator']
+        self.separator_thin = Powerline.symbols[mode]['separator_thin']
+        self.segments = []
+
+    def color(self, prefix, code):
+        if code is None:
+            return ''
+        else:
+            return self.color_template % ('[%s;5;%sm' % (prefix, code))
+
+    def fgcolor(self, code):
+        return self.color('38', code)
+
+    def bgcolor(self, code):
+        return self.color('48', code)
+
+    def append(self, content, fg, bg, separator=None, separator_fg=None):
+        self.segments.append((content, fg, bg,
+            separator if separator is not None else self.separator,
+            separator_fg if separator_fg is not None else bg))
+
+    def draw(self):
+        text = (''.join(self.draw_segment(i) for i in range(len(self.segments)))
+                + self.reset) + ' '
+        if py3:
+            return text
+        else:
+            return text.encode('utf-8')
+
+    def draw_segment(self, idx):
+        segment = self.segments[idx]
+        next_segment = self.segments[idx + 1] if idx < len(self.segments)-1 else None
+
+        return ''.join((
+            self.fgcolor(segment[1]),
+            self.bgcolor(segment[2]),
+            segment[0],
+            self.bgcolor(next_segment[2]) if next_segment else self.reset,
+            self.fgcolor(segment[4]),
+            segment[3]))
+
+
+class RepoStats:
+    symbols = {
+        'detached': u'\u2693',
+        'ahead': u'\u2B06',
+        'behind': u'\u2B07',
+        'staged': u'\u2714',
+        'not_staged': u'\u270E',
+        'untracked': u'\u003F',
+        'conflicted': u'\u273C'
+    }
+
+    def __init__(self):
+        self.ahead = 0
+        self.behind = 0
+        self.untracked = 0
+        self.not_staged = 0
+        self.staged = 0
+        self.conflicted = 0
+
+    @property
+    def dirty(self):
+        qualifiers = [
+            self.untracked,
+            self.not_staged,
+            self.staged,
+            self.conflicted,
+        ]
+        return sum(qualifiers) > 0
+
+    def __getitem__(self, _key):
+        return getattr(self, _key)
+
+    def n_or_empty(self, _key):
+        """Given a string name of one of the properties of this class, returns
+        the value of the property as a string when the value is greater than
+        1. When it is not greater than one, returns an empty string.
+
+        As an example, if you want to show an icon for untracked files, but you
+        only want a number to appear next to the icon when there are more than
+        one untracked files, you can do:
+
+            segment = repo_stats.n_or_empty("untracked") + icon_string
+        """
+        return unicode(self[_key]) if int(self[_key]) > 1 else u''
+
+    def add_to_powerline(self, powerline, color):
+        def add(_key, fg, bg):
+            if self[_key]:
+                s = u" {}{} ".format(self.n_or_empty(_key), self.symbols[_key])
+                powerline.append(s, fg, bg)
+        add('ahead', color.GIT_AHEAD_FG, color.GIT_AHEAD_BG)
+        add('behind', color.GIT_BEHIND_FG, color.GIT_BEHIND_BG)
+        add('staged', color.GIT_STAGED_FG, color.GIT_STAGED_BG)
+        add('not_staged', color.GIT_NOTSTAGED_FG, color.GIT_NOTSTAGED_BG)
+        add('untracked', color.GIT_UNTRACKED_FG, color.GIT_UNTRACKED_BG)
+        add('conflicted', color.GIT_CONFLICTED_FG, color.GIT_CONFLICTED_BG)
+
+
+def get_valid_cwd():
+    """ We check if the current working directory is valid or not. Typically
+        happens when you checkout a different branch on git that doesn't have
+        this directory.
+        We return the original cwd because the shell still considers that to be
+        the working directory, so returning our guess will confuse people
+    """
+    # Prefer the PWD environment variable. Python's os.getcwd function follows
+    # symbolic links, which is undesirable. But if PWD is not set then fall
+    # back to this func
+    try:
+        cwd = os.getenv('PWD') or os.getcwd()
+    except:
+        warn("Your current directory is invalid. If you open a ticket at " +
+            "https://github.com/milkbikis/powerline-shell/issues/new " +
+            "we would love to help fix the issue.")
+        sys.stdout.write("> ")
+        sys.exit(1)
+
+    parts = cwd.split(os.sep)
+    up = cwd
+    while parts and not os.path.exists(up):
+        parts.pop()
+        up = os.sep.join(parts)
+    if cwd != up:
+        warn("Your current directory is invalid. Lowest valid directory: "
+            + up)
+    return cwd
+
+
+if __name__ == "__main__":
+    arg_parser = argparse.ArgumentParser()
+    arg_parser.add_argument('--cwd-mode', action='store',
+            help='How to display the current directory', default='fancy',
+            choices=['fancy', 'plain', 'dironly'])
+    arg_parser.add_argument('--cwd-only', action='store_true',
+            help='Deprecated. Use --cwd-mode=dironly')
+    arg_parser.add_argument('--cwd-max-depth', action='store', type=int,
+            default=5, help='Maximum number of directories to show in path')
+    arg_parser.add_argument('--cwd-max-dir-size', action='store', type=int,
+            help='Maximum number of letters displayed for each directory in the path')
+    arg_parser.add_argument('--colorize-hostname', action='store_true',
+            help='Colorize the hostname based on a hash of itself.')
+    arg_parser.add_argument('--mode', action='store', default='patched',
+            help='The characters used to make separators between segments',
+            choices=['patched', 'compatible', 'flat'])
+    arg_parser.add_argument('--shell', action='store', default='bash',
+            help='Set this to your shell type', choices=['bash', 'zsh', 'bare'])
+    arg_parser.add_argument('prev_error', nargs='?', type=int, default=0,
+            help='Error code returned by the last command')
+    args = arg_parser.parse_args()
+
+    powerline = Powerline(args, get_valid_cwd())
--- a/config/ranger/.gitignore
+++ b/config/ranger/.gitignore
@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+history
+bookmarks
+tagged
--- a/config/ranger/commands.py
+++ b/config/ranger/commands.py
@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+# This is a sample commands.py.  You can add your own commands here.
+#
+# Please refer to commands_full.py for all the default commands and a complete
+# documentation.  Do NOT add them all here, or you may end up with defunct
+# commands when upgrading ranger.
+
+# You always need to import ranger.api.commands here to get the Command class:
+from ranger.api.commands import *
+
+# A simple command for demonstration purposes follows.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# You can import any python module as needed.
+import os
+
+# Any class that is a subclass of "Command" will be integrated into ranger as a
+# command.  Try typing ":my_edit<ENTER>" in ranger!
+
+
+class my_edit(Command):
+    # The so-called doc-string of the class will be visible in the built-in
+    # help that is accessible by typing "?c" inside ranger.
+    """:my_edit <filename>
+
+    A sample command for demonstration purposes that opens a file in an editor.
+    """
+
+    # The execute method is called when you run this command in ranger.
+    def execute(self):
+        # self.arg(1) is the first (space-separated) argument to the function.
+        # This way you can write ":my_edit somefilename<ENTER>".
+        if self.arg(1):
+            # self.rest(1) contains self.arg(1) and everything that follows
+            target_filename = self.rest(1)
+        else:
+            # self.fm is a ranger.core.filemanager.FileManager object and gives
+            # you access to internals of ranger.
+            # self.fm.thisfile is a ranger.container.file.File object and is a
+            # reference to the currently selected file.
+            target_filename = self.fm.thisfile.path
+
+        # This is a generic function to print text in ranger.
+        self.fm.notify("Let's edit the file " + target_filename + "!")
+
+        # Using bad=True in fm.notify allows you to print error messages:
+        if not os.path.exists(target_filename):
+            self.fm.notify("The given file does not exist!", bad=True)
+            return
+
+        # This executes a function from ranger.core.acitons, a module with a
+        # variety of subroutines that can help you construct commands.
+        # Check out the source, or run "pydoc ranger.core.actions" for a list.
+        self.fm.edit_file(target_filename)
+
+    # The tab method is called when you press tab, and should return a list of
+    # suggestions that the user will tab through.
+    # tabnum is 1 for <TAB> and -1 for <S-TAB> by default
+    def tab(self, tabnum):
+        # This is a generic tab-completion function that iterates through the
+        # content of the current directory.
+        return self._tab_directory_content()
--- a/config/ranger/commands_full.py
+++ b/config/ranger/commands_full.py
--- a/config/ranger/rc.conf
+++ b/config/ranger/rc.conf
@ -0,0 +1,618 @@
+# ===================================================================
+# This file contains the default startup commands for ranger.
+# To change them, it is recommended to create the file
+# ~/.config/ranger/rc.conf and add your custom commands there.
+#
+# If you copy this whole file there, you may want to set the environment
+# variable RANGER_LOAD_DEFAULT_RC to FALSE to avoid loading it twice.
+#
+# The purpose of this file is mainly to define keybindings and settings.
+# For running more complex python code, please create a plugin in "plugins/" or
+# a command in "commands.py".
+#
+# Each line is a command that will be run before the user interface
+# is initialized.  As a result, you can not use commands which rely
+# on the UI such as :delete or :mark.
+# ===================================================================
+
+# ===================================================================
+# == Options
+# ===================================================================
+
+# Which viewmode should be used?  Possible values are:
+#     miller: Use miller columns which show multiple levels of the hierarchy
+#     multipane: Midnight-commander like multipane view showing all tabs next
+#                to each other
+set viewmode miller
+#set viewmode multipane
+
+# How many columns are there, and what are their relative widths?
+set column_ratios 1,3,4
+
+# Which files should be hidden? (regular expression)
+set hidden_filter ^\.|\.(?:pyc|pyo|bak|swp)$|^lost\+found$|^__(py)?cache__$
+
+# Show hidden files? You can toggle this by typing 'zh'
+set show_hidden false
+
+# Ask for a confirmation when running the "delete" command?
+# Valid values are "always", "never", "multiple" (default)
+# With "multiple", ranger will ask only if you delete multiple files at once.
+set confirm_on_delete multiple
+
+# Which script is used to generate file previews?
+# ranger ships with scope.sh, a script that calls external programs (see
+# README.md for dependencies) to preview images, archives, etc.
+set preview_script ~/.config/ranger/scope.sh
+
+# Use the external preview script or display simple plain text or image previews?
+set use_preview_script true
+
+# Automatically count files in the directory, even before entering them?
+set automatically_count_files true
+
+# Open all images in this directory when running certain image viewers
+# like feh or sxiv?  You can still open selected files by marking them.
+set open_all_images true
+
+# Be aware of version control systems and display information.
+set vcs_aware true
+
+# State of the three backends git, hg, bzr. The possible states are
+# disabled, local (only show local info), enabled (show local and remote
+# information).
+set vcs_backend_git enabled
+set vcs_backend_hg disabled
+set vcs_backend_bzr disabled
+
+# Use one of the supported image preview protocols
+set preview_images true
+
+# Set the preview image method. Supported methods:
+#
+# * w3m (default):
+#   Preview images in full color with the external command "w3mimgpreview"?
+#   This requires the console web browser "w3m" and a supported terminal.
+#   It has been successfully tested with "xterm" and "urxvt" without tmux.
+#
+# * iterm2:
+#   Preview images in full color using iTerm2 image previews
+#   (http://iterm2.com/images.html). This requires using iTerm2 compiled
+#   with image preview support.
+#
+# * urxvt:
+#   Preview images in full color using urxvt image backgrounds. This
+#   requires using urxvt compiled with pixbuf support.
+#
+# * urxvt-full:
+#   The same as urxvt but utilizing not only the preview pane but the
+#   whole terminal window.
+set preview_images_method w3m
+
+# Use a unicode "..." character to mark cut-off filenames?
+set unicode_ellipsis false
+
+# Show dotfiles in the bookmark preview box?
+set show_hidden_bookmarks true
+
+# Which colorscheme to use?  These colorschemes are available by default:
+# default, jungle, snow, solarized
+set colorscheme default
+
+# Preview files on the rightmost column?
+# And collapse (shrink) the last column if there is nothing to preview?
+set preview_files true
+set preview_directories true
+set collapse_preview true
+
+# Save the console history on exit?
+set save_console_history true
+
+# Draw the status bar on top of the browser window (default: bottom)
+set status_bar_on_top false
+
+# Draw a progress bar in the status bar which displays the average state of all
+# currently running tasks which support progress bars?
+set draw_progress_bar_in_status_bar true
+
+# Draw borders around columns?
+set draw_borders true
+
+# Display the directory name in tabs?
+set dirname_in_tabs false
+
+# Enable the mouse support?
+set mouse_enabled true
+
+# Display the file size in the main column or status bar?
+set display_size_in_main_column true
+set display_size_in_status_bar true
+
+# Display files tags in all columns or only in main column?
+set display_tags_in_all_columns true
+
+# Set a title for the window?
+set update_title false
+
+# Set the title to "ranger" in the tmux program?
+set update_tmux_title false
+
+# Shorten the title if it gets long?  The number defines how many
+# directories are displayed at once, 0 turns off this feature.
+set shorten_title 3
+
+# Abbreviate $HOME with ~ in the titlebar (first line) of ranger?
+set tilde_in_titlebar false
+
+# How many directory-changes or console-commands should be kept in history?
+set max_history_size 20
+set max_console_history_size 50
+
+# Try to keep so much space between the top/bottom border when scrolling:
+set scroll_offset 8
+
+# Flush the input after each key hit?  (Noticeable when ranger lags)
+set flushinput true
+
+# Padding on the right when there's no preview?
+# This allows you to click into the space to run the file.
+set padding_right true
+
+# Save bookmarks (used with mX and `X) instantly?
+# This helps to synchronize bookmarks between multiple ranger
+# instances but leads to *slight* performance loss.
+# When false, bookmarks are saved when ranger is exited.
+set autosave_bookmarks true
+
+# You can display the "real" cumulative size of directories by using the
+# command :get_cumulative_size or typing "dc".  The size is expensive to
+# calculate and will not be updated automatically.  You can choose
+# to update it automatically though by turning on this option:
+set autoupdate_cumulative_size false
+
+# Turning this on makes sense for screen readers:
+set show_cursor false
+
+# One of: size, natural, basename, atime, ctime, mtime, type, random
+set sort natural
+
+# Additional sorting options
+set sort_reverse false
+set sort_case_insensitive true
+set sort_directories_first true
+set sort_unicode false
+
+# Enable this if key combinations with the Alt Key don't work for you.
+# (Especially on xterm)
+set xterm_alt_key false
+
+# Whether to include bookmarks in cd command
+set cd_bookmarks true
+
+# Avoid previewing files larger than this size, in bytes.  Use a value of 0 to
+# disable this feature.
+set preview_max_size 0
+
+# Add the highlighted file to the path in the titlebar
+set show_selection_in_titlebar true
+
+# The delay that ranger idly waits for user input, in milliseconds, with a
+# resolution of 100ms.  Lower delay reduces lag between directory updates but
+# increases CPU load.
+set idle_delay 2000
+
+# When the metadata manager module looks for metadata, should it only look for
+# a ".metadata.json" file in the current directory, or do a deep search and
+# check all directories above the current one as well?
+set metadata_deep_search false
+
+# Clear all existing filters when leaving a directory
+set clear_filters_on_dir_change false
+
+# Disable displaying line numbers in main column
+set line_numbers false
+
+# ===================================================================
+# == Local Options
+# ===================================================================
+# You can set local options that only affect a single directory.
+
+# Examples:
+# setlocal path=~/downloads sort mtime
+
+# ===================================================================
+# == Command Aliases in the Console
+# ===================================================================
+
+alias e    edit
+alias q    quit
+alias q!   quitall
+alias qa   quitall
+alias qall quitall
+alias setl setlocal
+
+alias filter     scout -prt
+alias find       scout -aeit
+alias mark       scout -mr
+alias unmark     scout -Mr
+alias search     scout -rs
+alias search_inc scout -rts
+alias travel     scout -aefiklst
+
+# ===================================================================
+# == Define keys for the browser
+# ===================================================================
+
+# Basic
+map     Q quit!
+map     q quit
+copymap q ZZ ZQ
+
+map R     reload_cwd
+map <C-r> reset
+map <C-l> redraw_window
+map <C-c> abort
+map <esc> change_mode normal
+map ~ set viewmode!
+
+map i display_file
+map ? help
+map W display_log
+map w taskview_open
+map S shell $SHELL
+
+map :  console
+map ;  console
+map !  console shell%space
+map @  console -p6 shell  %%s
+map #  console shell -p%space
+map s  console shell%space
+map r  chain draw_possible_programs; console open_with%%space
+map f  console find%space
+map cd console cd%space
+
+# Change the line mode
+map Mf linemode filename
+map Mi linemode fileinfo
+map Mm linemode mtime
+map Mp linemode permissions
+map Ms linemode sizemtime
+map Mt linemode metatitle
+
+# Tagging / Marking
+map t       tag_toggle
+map ut      tag_remove
+map "<any>  tag_toggle tag=%any
+map <Space> mark_files toggle=True
+map v       mark_files all=True toggle=True
+map uv      mark_files all=True val=False
+map V       toggle_visual_mode
+map uV      toggle_visual_mode reverse=True
+
+# For the nostalgics: Midnight Commander bindings
+map <F1> help
+map <F3> display_file
+map <F4> edit
+map <F5> copy
+map <F6> cut
+map <F7> console mkdir%space
+map <F8> console delete
+map <F10> exit
+
+# In case you work on a keyboard with dvorak layout
+map <UP>       move up=1
+map <DOWN>     move down=1
+map <LEFT>     move left=1
+map <RIGHT>    move right=1
+map <HOME>     move to=0
+map <END>      move to=-1
+map <PAGEDOWN> move down=1   pages=True
+map <PAGEUP>   move up=1     pages=True
+map <CR>       move right=1
+#map <DELETE>   console delete
+map <INSERT>   console touch%space
+
+# VIM-like
+copymap <UP>       k
+copymap <DOWN>     j
+copymap <LEFT>     h
+copymap <RIGHT>    l
+copymap <HOME>     gg
+copymap <END>      G
+copymap <PAGEDOWN> <C-F>
+copymap <PAGEUP>   <C-B>
+
+map J  move down=0.5  pages=True
+map K  move up=0.5    pages=True
+copymap J <C-D>
+copymap K <C-U>
+
+# Jumping around
+map H     history_go -1
+map L     history_go 1
+map ]     move_parent 1
+map [     move_parent -1
+map }     traverse
+
+map gh cd ~
+map ge cd /etc
+map gu cd /usr
+map gd cd /dev
+map gl cd -r .
+map gL cd -r %f
+map go cd /opt
+map gv cd /var
+map gm cd /media
+map gM cd /mnt
+map gs cd /srv
+map gr cd /
+map gR eval fm.cd(ranger.RANGERDIR)
+map g/ cd /
+map g? cd /usr/share/doc/ranger
+
+# External Programs
+map E  edit
+map du shell -p du --max-depth=1 -h --apparent-size
+map dU shell -p du --max-depth=1 -h --apparent-size | sort -rh
+map yp shell -f echo -n %d/%f | xsel -i; xsel -o | xsel -i -b
+map yd shell -f echo -n %d    | xsel -i; xsel -o | xsel -i -b
+map yn shell -f echo -n %f    | xsel -i; xsel -o | xsel -i -b
+
+# Filesystem Operations
+map =  chmod
+
+map cw console rename%space
+map a  rename_append
+map A  eval fm.open_console('rename ' + fm.thisfile.relative_path.replace("%", "%%"))
+map I  eval fm.open_console('rename ' + fm.thisfile.relative_path.replace("%", "%%"), position=7)
+
+map pp paste
+map po paste overwrite=True
+map pP paste append=True
+map pO paste overwrite=True append=True
+map pl paste_symlink relative=False
+map pL paste_symlink relative=True
+map phl paste_hardlink
+map pht paste_hardlinked_subtree
+
+map dD console delete
+
+map dd cut
+map ud uncut
+map da cut mode=add
+map dr cut mode=remove
+map dt cut mode=toggle
+
+map yy copy
+map uy uncut
+map ya copy mode=add
+map yr copy mode=remove
+map yt copy mode=toggle
+
+# Temporary workarounds
+map dgg eval fm.cut(dirarg=dict(to=0), narg=quantifier)
+map dG  eval fm.cut(dirarg=dict(to=-1), narg=quantifier)
+map dj  eval fm.cut(dirarg=dict(down=1), narg=quantifier)
+map dk  eval fm.cut(dirarg=dict(up=1), narg=quantifier)
+map ygg eval fm.copy(dirarg=dict(to=0), narg=quantifier)
+map yG  eval fm.copy(dirarg=dict(to=-1), narg=quantifier)
+map yj  eval fm.copy(dirarg=dict(down=1), narg=quantifier)
+map yk  eval fm.copy(dirarg=dict(up=1), narg=quantifier)
+
+# Searching
+map /  console search%space
+map n  search_next
+map N  search_next forward=False
+map ct search_next order=tag
+map cs search_next order=size
+map ci search_next order=mimetype
+map cc search_next order=ctime
+map cm search_next order=mtime
+map ca search_next order=atime
+
+# Tabs
+map <C-n>     tab_new ~
+map <C-w>     tab_close
+map <TAB>     tab_move 1
+map <S-TAB>   tab_move -1
+map <A-Right> tab_move 1
+map <A-Left>  tab_move -1
+map gt        tab_move 1
+map gT        tab_move -1
+map gn        tab_new ~
+map gc        tab_close
+map uq        tab_restore
+map <a-1>     tab_open 1
+map <a-2>     tab_open 2
+map <a-3>     tab_open 3
+map <a-4>     tab_open 4
+map <a-5>     tab_open 5
+map <a-6>     tab_open 6
+map <a-7>     tab_open 7
+map <a-8>     tab_open 8
+map <a-9>     tab_open 9
+
+# Sorting
+map or set sort_reverse!
+map oz set sort=random
+map os chain set sort=size;      set sort_reverse=False
+map ob chain set sort=basename;  set sort_reverse=False
+map on chain set sort=natural;   set sort_reverse=False
+map om chain set sort=mtime;     set sort_reverse=False
+map oc chain set sort=ctime;     set sort_reverse=False
+map oa chain set sort=atime;     set sort_reverse=False
+map ot chain set sort=type;      set sort_reverse=False
+map oe chain set sort=extension; set sort_reverse=False
+
+map oS chain set sort=size;      set sort_reverse=True
+map oB chain set sort=basename;  set sort_reverse=True
+map oN chain set sort=natural;   set sort_reverse=True
+map oM chain set sort=mtime;     set sort_reverse=True
+map oC chain set sort=ctime;     set sort_reverse=True
+map oA chain set sort=atime;     set sort_reverse=True
+map oT chain set sort=type;      set sort_reverse=True
+map oE chain set sort=extension; set sort_reverse=True
+
+map dc get_cumulative_size
+
+# Settings
+map zc    set collapse_preview!
+map zd    set sort_directories_first!
+map zh    set show_hidden!
+map <C-h> set show_hidden!
+map zI    set flushinput!
+map zi    set preview_images!
+map zm    set mouse_enabled!
+map zp    set preview_files!
+map zP    set preview_directories!
+map zs    set sort_case_insensitive!
+map zu    set autoupdate_cumulative_size!
+map zv    set use_preview_script!
+map zf    console filter%space
+
+# Bookmarks
+map `<any>  enter_bookmark %any
+map '<any>  enter_bookmark %any
+map m<any>  set_bookmark %any
+map um<any> unset_bookmark %any
+
+map m<bg>   draw_bookmarks
+copymap m<bg>  um<bg> `<bg> '<bg>
+
+# Generate all the chmod bindings with some python help:
+eval for arg in "rwxXst": cmd("map +u{0} shell -f chmod u+{0} %s".format(arg))
+eval for arg in "rwxXst": cmd("map +g{0} shell -f chmod g+{0} %s".format(arg))
+eval for arg in "rwxXst": cmd("map +o{0} shell -f chmod o+{0} %s".format(arg))
+eval for arg in "rwxXst": cmd("map +a{0} shell -f chmod a+{0} %s".format(arg))
+eval for arg in "rwxXst": cmd("map +{0}  shell -f chmod u+{0} %s".format(arg))
+
+eval for arg in "rwxXst": cmd("map -u{0} shell -f chmod u-{0} %s".format(arg))
+eval for arg in "rwxXst": cmd("map -g{0} shell -f chmod g-{0} %s".format(arg))
+eval for arg in "rwxXst": cmd("map -o{0} shell -f chmod o-{0} %s".format(arg))
+eval for arg in "rwxXst": cmd("map -a{0} shell -f chmod a-{0} %s".format(arg))
+eval for arg in "rwxXst": cmd("map -{0}  shell -f chmod u-{0} %s".format(arg))
+
+# ===================================================================
+# == Define keys for the console
+# ===================================================================
+# Note: Unmapped keys are passed directly to the console.
+
+# Basic
+cmap <tab>   eval fm.ui.console.tab()
+cmap <s-tab> eval fm.ui.console.tab(-1)
+cmap <ESC>   eval fm.ui.console.close()
+cmap <CR>    eval fm.ui.console.execute()
+cmap <C-l>   redraw_window
+
+copycmap <ESC> <C-c>
+copycmap <CR>  <C-j>
+
+# Move around
+cmap <up>    eval fm.ui.console.history_move(-1)
+cmap <down>  eval fm.ui.console.history_move(1)
+cmap <left>  eval fm.ui.console.move(left=1)
+cmap <right> eval fm.ui.console.move(right=1)
+cmap <home>  eval fm.ui.console.move(right=0, absolute=True)
+cmap <end>   eval fm.ui.console.move(right=-1, absolute=True)
+cmap <a-left>   eval fm.ui.console.move_word(left=1)
+cmap <a-right>  eval fm.ui.console.move_word(right=1)
+
+# Line Editing
+cmap <backspace>  eval fm.ui.console.delete(-1)
+cmap <delete>     eval fm.ui.console.delete(0)
+cmap <C-w>        eval fm.ui.console.delete_word()
+cmap <A-d>        eval fm.ui.console.delete_word(backward=False)
+cmap <C-k>        eval fm.ui.console.delete_rest(1)
+cmap <C-u>        eval fm.ui.console.delete_rest(-1)
+cmap <C-y>        eval fm.ui.console.paste()
+
+# And of course the emacs way
+copycmap <up>        <C-p>
+copycmap <down>      <C-n>
+copycmap <left>      <C-b>
+copycmap <right>     <C-f>
+copycmap <home>      <C-a>
+copycmap <end>       <C-e>
+copycmap <delete>    <C-d>
+copycmap <backspace> <C-h>
+
+# Note: There are multiple ways to express backspaces.  <backspace> (code 263)
+# and <backspace2> (code 127).  To be sure, use both.
+copycmap <backspace> <backspace2>
+
+# This special expression allows typing in numerals:
+cmap <allow_quantifiers> false
+
+# ===================================================================
+# == Pager Keybindings
+# ===================================================================
+
+# Movement
+pmap  <down>      pager_move  down=1
+pmap  <up>        pager_move  up=1
+pmap  <left>      pager_move  left=4
+pmap  <right>     pager_move  right=4
+pmap  <home>      pager_move  to=0
+pmap  <end>       pager_move  to=-1
+pmap  <pagedown>  pager_move  down=1.0  pages=True
+pmap  <pageup>    pager_move  up=1.0    pages=True
+pmap  <C-d>       pager_move  down=0.5  pages=True
+pmap  <C-u>       pager_move  up=0.5    pages=True
+
+copypmap <UP>       k  <C-p>
+copypmap <DOWN>     j  <C-n> <CR>
+copypmap <LEFT>     h
+copypmap <RIGHT>    l
+copypmap <HOME>     g
+copypmap <END>      G
+copypmap <C-d>      d
+copypmap <C-u>      u
+copypmap <PAGEDOWN> n  f  <C-F>  <Space>
+copypmap <PAGEUP>   p  b  <C-B>
+
+# Basic
+pmap     <C-l> redraw_window
+pmap     <ESC> pager_close
+copypmap <ESC> q Q i <F3>
+pmap E      edit_file
+
+# ===================================================================
+# == Taskview Keybindings
+# ===================================================================
+
+# Movement
+tmap <up>        taskview_move up=1
+tmap <down>      taskview_move down=1
+tmap <home>      taskview_move to=0
+tmap <end>       taskview_move to=-1
+tmap <pagedown>  taskview_move down=1.0  pages=True
+tmap <pageup>    taskview_move up=1.0    pages=True
+tmap <C-d>       taskview_move down=0.5  pages=True
+tmap <C-u>       taskview_move up=0.5    pages=True
+
+copytmap <UP>       k  <C-p>
+copytmap <DOWN>     j  <C-n> <CR>
+copytmap <HOME>     g
+copytmap <END>      G
+copytmap <C-u>      u
+copytmap <PAGEDOWN> n  f  <C-F>  <Space>
+copytmap <PAGEUP>   p  b  <C-B>
+
+# Changing priority and deleting tasks
+tmap J          eval -q fm.ui.taskview.task_move(-1)
+tmap K          eval -q fm.ui.taskview.task_move(0)
+tmap dd         eval -q fm.ui.taskview.task_remove()
+tmap <pagedown> eval -q fm.ui.taskview.task_move(-1)
+tmap <pageup>   eval -q fm.ui.taskview.task_move(0)
+tmap <delete>   eval -q fm.ui.taskview.task_remove()
+
+# Basic
+tmap <C-l> redraw_window
+tmap <ESC> taskview_close
+copytmap <ESC> q Q w <C-c>
+
+# ===================================================================
+# == My Additions
+# ===================================================================
+# Start terminal at location
+map S shell bash -c "cd %d ; bash"
--- a/config/ranger/rifle.conf
+++ b/config/ranger/rifle.conf
@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+# vim: ft=cfg
+#
+# This is the configuration file of "rifle", ranger's file executor/opener.
+# Each line consists of conditions and a command.  For each line the conditions
+# are checked and if they are met, the respective command is run.
+#
+# Syntax:
+#   <condition1> , <condition2> , ... = command
+#
+# The command can contain these environment variables:
+#   $1-$9 | The n-th selected file
+#   $@    | All selected files
+#
+# If you use the special command "ask", rifle will ask you what program to run.
+#
+# Prefixing a condition with "!" will negate its result.
+# These conditions are currently supported:
+#   match <regexp> | The regexp matches $1
+#   ext <regexp>   | The regexp matches the extension of $1
+#   mime <regexp>  | The regexp matches the mime type of $1
+#   name <regexp>  | The regexp matches the basename of $1
+#   path <regexp>  | The regexp matches the absolute path of $1
+#   has <program>  | The program is installed (i.e. located in $PATH)
+#   env <variable> | The environment variable "variable" is non-empty
+#   file           | $1 is a file
+#   directory      | $1 is a directory
+#   number <n>     | change the number of this command to n
+#   terminal       | stdin, stderr and stdout are connected to a terminal
+#   X              | $DISPLAY is not empty (i.e. Xorg runs)
+#
+# There are also pseudo-conditions which have a "side effect":
+#   flag <flags>  | Change how the program is run. See below.
+#   label <label> | Assign a label or name to the command so it can
+#                 | be started with :open_with <label> in ranger
+#                 | or `rifle -p <label>` in the standalone executable.
+#   else          | Always true.
+#
+# Flags are single characters which slightly transform the command:
+#   f | Fork the program, make it run in the background.
+#     |   New command = setsid $command >& /dev/null &
+#   r | Execute the command with root permissions
+#     |   New command = sudo $command
+#   t | Run the program in a new terminal.  If $TERMCMD is not defined,
+#     | rifle will attempt to extract it from $TERM.
+#     |   New command = $TERMCMD -e $command
+# Note: The "New command" serves only as an illustration, the exact
+# implementation may differ.
+# Note: When using rifle in ranger, there is an additional flag "c" for
+# only running the current file even if you have marked multiple files.
+
+#-------------------------------------------
+# Websites
+#-------------------------------------------
+# Rarely installed browsers get higher priority; It is assumed that if you
+# install a rare browser, you probably use it.  Firefox/konqueror/w3m on the
+# other hand are often only installed as fallback browsers.
+ext x?html?, has surf,           X, flag f = surf -- file://"$1"
+ext x?html?, has vimprobable,    X, flag f = vimprobable -- "$@"
+ext x?html?, has vimprobable2,   X, flag f = vimprobable2 -- "$@"
+ext x?html?, has qutebrowser,    X, flag f = qutebrowser -- "$@"
+ext x?html?, has dwb,            X, flag f = dwb -- "$@"
+ext x?html?, has jumanji,        X, flag f = jumanji -- "$@"
+ext x?html?, has luakit,         X, flag f = luakit -- "$@"
+ext x?html?, has uzbl,           X, flag f = uzbl -- "$@"
+ext x?html?, has uzbl-tabbed,    X, flag f = uzbl-tabbed -- "$@"
+ext x?html?, has uzbl-browser,   X, flag f = uzbl-browser -- "$@"
+ext x?html?, has uzbl-core,      X, flag f = uzbl-core -- "$@"
+ext x?html?, has midori,         X, flag f = midori -- "$@"
+ext x?html?, has chromium,       X, flag f = chromium -- "$@"
+ext x?html?, has opera,          X, flag f = opera -- "$@"
+ext x?html?, has firefox,        X, flag f = firefox -- "$@"
+ext x?html?, has seamonkey,      X, flag f = seamonkey -- "$@"
+ext x?html?, has iceweasel,      X, flag f = iceweasel -- "$@"
+ext x?html?, has epiphany,       X, flag f = epiphany -- "$@"
+ext x?html?, has konqueror,      X, flag f = konqueror -- "$@"
+ext x?html?, has elinks,          terminal = elinks "$@"
+ext x?html?, has links2,          terminal = links2 "$@"
+ext x?html?, has links,           terminal = links "$@"
+ext x?html?, has lynx,            terminal = lynx -- "$@"
+ext x?html?, has w3m,             terminal = w3m "$@"
+
+#-------------------------------------------
+# Misc
+#-------------------------------------------
+# Define the "editor" for text files as first action
+mime ^text,  label editor = $EDITOR -- "$@"
+mime ^text,  label pager  = "$PAGER" -- "$@"
+!mime ^text, label editor, ext xml|json|csv|tex|py|pl|rb|js|sh|php = $EDITOR -- "$@"
+!mime ^text, label pager,  ext xml|json|csv|tex|py|pl|rb|js|sh|php = "$PAGER" -- "$@"
+
+ext 1                         = man "$1"
+ext s[wmf]c, has zsnes, X     = zsnes "$1"
+ext s[wmf]c, has snes9x-gtk,X = snes9x-gtk "$1"
+ext nes, has fceux, X         = fceux "$1"
+ext exe                       = wine "$1"
+name ^[mM]akefile$            = make
+
+#--------------------------------------------
+# Code
+#-------------------------------------------
+ext py  = python -- "$1"
+ext pl  = perl -- "$1"
+ext rb  = ruby -- "$1"
+ext js  = node -- "$1"
+ext sh  = sh -- "$1"
+ext php = php -- "$1"
+
+#--------------------------------------------
+# Audio without X
+#-------------------------------------------
+mime ^audio|ogg$, terminal, has mpv      = mpv -- "$@"
+mime ^audio|ogg$, terminal, has mplayer2 = mplayer2 -- "$@"
+mime ^audio|ogg$, terminal, has mplayer  = mplayer -- "$@"
+ext midi?,        terminal, has wildmidi = wildmidi -- "$@"
+
+#--------------------------------------------
+# Video/Audio with a GUI
+#-------------------------------------------
+mime ^video|audio, has gmplayer, X, flag f = gmplayer -- "$@"
+mime ^video|audio, has smplayer, X, flag f = smplayer "$@"
+mime ^video,       has mpv,      X, flag f = mpv -- "$@"
+mime ^video,       has mpv,      X, flag f = mpv --fs -- "$@"
+mime ^video,       has mplayer2, X, flag f = mplayer2 -- "$@"
+mime ^video,       has mplayer2, X, flag f = mplayer2 -fs -- "$@"
+mime ^video,       has mplayer,  X, flag f = mplayer -- "$@"
+mime ^video,       has mplayer,  X, flag f = mplayer -fs -- "$@"
+mime ^video|audio, has vlc,      X, flag f = vlc -- "$@"
+mime ^video|audio, has totem,    X, flag f = totem -- "$@"
+mime ^video|audio, has totem,    X, flag f = totem --fullscreen -- "$@"
+
+#--------------------------------------------
+# Video without X:
+#-------------------------------------------
+mime ^video, terminal, !X, has mpv       = mpv -- "$@"
+mime ^video, terminal, !X, has mplayer2  = mplayer2 -- "$@"
+mime ^video, terminal, !X, has mplayer   = mplayer -- "$@"
+
+#-------------------------------------------
+# Documents
+#-------------------------------------------
+ext pdf, has llpp,     X, flag f = llpp "$@"
+ext pdf, has zathura,  X, flag f = zathura -- "$@"
+ext pdf, has mupdf,    X, flag f = mupdf "$@"
+ext pdf, has mupdf-x11,X, flag f = mupdf-x11 "$@"
+ext pdf, has apvlv,    X, flag f = apvlv -- "$@"
+ext pdf, has xpdf,     X, flag f = xpdf -- "$@"
+ext pdf, has evince,   X, flag f = evince -- "$@"
+ext pdf, has atril,    X, flag f = atril -- "$@"
+ext pdf, has okular,   X, flag f = okular -- "$@"
+ext pdf, has epdfview, X, flag f = epdfview -- "$@"
+ext pdf, has qpdfview, X, flag f = qpdfview "$@"
+
+ext docx?, has catdoc,       terminal = catdoc -- "$@" | "$PAGER"
+
+ext                        sxc|xlsx?|xlt|xlw|gnm|gnumeric, has gnumeric,    X, flag f = gnumeric -- "$@"
+ext                        sxc|xlsx?|xlt|xlw|gnm|gnumeric, has kspread,     X, flag f = kspread -- "$@"
+ext pptx?|od[dfgpst]|docx?|sxc|xlsx?|xlt|xlw|gnm|gnumeric, has libreoffice, X, flag f = libreoffice "$@"
+ext pptx?|od[dfgpst]|docx?|sxc|xlsx?|xlt|xlw|gnm|gnumeric, has soffice,     X, flag f = soffice "$@"
+ext pptx?|od[dfgpst]|docx?|sxc|xlsx?|xlt|xlw|gnm|gnumeric, has ooffice,     X, flag f = ooffice "$@"
+
+ext djvu, has zathura,X, flag f = zathura -- "$@"
+ext djvu, has evince, X, flag f = evince -- "$@"
+ext djvu, has atril,  X, flag f = atril -- "$@"
+
+#-------------------------------------------
+# Image Viewing:
+#-------------------------------------------
+mime ^image/svg, has inkscape, X, flag f = inkscape -- "$@"
+mime ^image/svg, has display,  X, flag f = display -- "$@"
+
+mime ^image, has pqiv,      X, flag f = pqiv -- "$@"
+mime ^image, has sxiv,      X, flag f = sxiv -- "$@"
+mime ^image, has feh,       X, flag f = feh -- "$@"
+mime ^image, has mirage,    X, flag f = mirage -- "$@"
+mime ^image, has ristretto, X, flag f = ristretto "$@"
+mime ^image, has eog,       X, flag f = eog -- "$@"
+mime ^image, has eom,       X, flag f = eom -- "$@"
+mime ^image, has gimp,      X, flag f = gimp -- "$@"
+ext xcf,                    X, flag f = gimp -- "$@"
+
+#-------------------------------------------
+# Archives
+#-------------------------------------------
+
+# avoid password prompt by providing empty password
+ext 7z, has 7z = 7z -p l "$@" | "$PAGER"
+# This requires atool
+ext ace|ar|arc|bz2?|cab|cpio|cpt|deb|dgc|dmg|gz,  has als     = als -- "$@" | "$PAGER"
+ext iso|jar|msi|pkg|rar|shar|tar|tgz|xar|xpi|xz|zip, has als     = als -- "$@" | "$PAGER"
+ext 7z|ace|ar|arc|bz2?|cab|cpio|cpt|deb|dgc|dmg|gz,  has aunpack = aunpack -- "$@"
+ext iso|jar|msi|pkg|rar|shar|tar|tgz|xar|xpi|xz|zip, has aunpack = aunpack -- "$@"
+
+# Fallback:
+ext tar|gz, has tar = tar vvtf "$@" | "$PAGER"
+ext tar|gz, has tar = tar vvxf "$@"
+
+#-------------------------------------------
+# Misc
+#-------------------------------------------
+label wallpaper, number 11, mime ^image, has feh, X = feh --bg-scale "$1"
+label wallpaper, number 12, mime ^image, has feh, X = feh --bg-tile "$1"
+label wallpaper, number 13, mime ^image, has feh, X = feh --bg-center "$1"
+label wallpaper, number 14, mime ^image, has feh, X = feh --bg-fill "$1"
+
+# Define the editor for non-text files + pager as last action
+              !mime ^text, !ext xml|json|csv|tex|py|pl|rb|js|sh|php  = ask
+label editor, !mime ^text, !ext xml|json|csv|tex|py|pl|rb|js|sh|php  = $EDITOR -- "$@"
+label pager,  !mime ^text, !ext xml|json|csv|tex|py|pl|rb|js|sh|php  = "$PAGER" -- "$@"
+
+# The very last action, so that it's never triggered accidentally, is to execute a program:
+mime application/x-executable = "$1"
--- a/config/ranger/scope.sh
+++ b/config/ranger/scope.sh
@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env sh
+# ranger supports enhanced previews.  If the option "use_preview_script"
+# is set to True and this file exists, this script will be called and its
+# output is displayed in ranger.  ANSI color codes are supported.
+
+# NOTES: This script is considered a configuration file.  If you upgrade
+# ranger, it will be left untouched. (You must update it yourself.)
+# Also, ranger disables STDIN here, so interactive scripts won't work properly
+
+# Meanings of exit codes:
+# code | meaning    | action of ranger
+# -----+------------+-------------------------------------------
+# 0    | success    | success. display stdout as preview
+# 1    | no preview | failure. display no preview at all
+# 2    | plain text | display the plain content of the file
+# 3    | fix width  | success. Don't reload when width changes
+# 4    | fix height | success. Don't reload when height changes
+# 5    | fix both   | success. Don't ever reload
+# 6    | image      | success. display the image $cached points to as an image preview
+# 7    | image      | success. display the file directly as an image
+
+# Meaningful aliases for arguments:
+path="$1"            # Full path of the selected file
+width="$2"           # Width of the preview pane (number of fitting characters)
+height="$3"          # Height of the preview pane (number of fitting characters)
+cached="$4"          # Path that should be used to cache image previews
+preview_images="$5"  # "True" if image previews are enabled, "False" otherwise.
+
+maxln=200    # Stop after $maxln lines.  Can be used like ls | head -n $maxln
+
+# Find out something about the file:
+mimetype=$(file --mime-type -Lb "$path")
+extension=$(/bin/echo "${path##*.}" | awk '{print tolower($0)}')
+
+# Functions:
+# runs a command and saves its output into $output.  Useful if you need
+# the return value AND want to use the output in a pipe
+try() { output=$(eval '"$@"'); }
+
+# writes the output of the previously used "try" command
+dump() { /bin/echo "$output"; }
+
+# a common post-processing function used after most commands
+trim() { head -n "$maxln"; }
+
+# wraps highlight to treat exit code 141 (killed by SIGPIPE) as success
+safepipe() { "$@"; test $? = 0 -o $? = 141; }
+
+# Image previews, if enabled in ranger.
+if [ "$preview_images" = "True" ]; then
+    case "$mimetype" in
+        # Image previews for SVG files, disabled by default.
+        ###image/svg+xml)
+        ###   convert "$path" "$cached" && exit 6 || exit 1;;
+        # Image previews for image files. w3mimgdisplay will be called for all
+        # image files (unless overriden as above), but might fail for
+        # unsupported types.
+		image/svg+xml)
+            inkscape -e "${cached//.png}" "$path"  && exit 6;;
+        image/*)
+            exit 7;;
+        # Image preview for video, disabled by default.:
+        video/*)
+            ffmpegthumbnailer -i "$path" -o "$cached" -s 0 && exit 6 || exit 1;;
+        application/pdf)
+            pdftoppm -jpeg -singlefile "$path" "${cached//.jpg}" && exit 6;;
+    esac
+fi
+
+case "$extension" in
+    # Archive extensions:
+    a|ace|alz|arc|arj|bz|bz2|cab|cpio|deb|gz|jar|lha|lz|lzh|lzma|lzo|\
+    rpm|rz|t7z|tar|tbz|tbz2|tgz|tlz|txz|tZ|tzo|war|xpi|xz|Z|zip)
+        try als "$path" && { dump | trim; exit 0; }
+        try acat "$path" && { dump | trim; exit 3; }
+        try bsdtar -lf "$path" && { dump | trim; exit 0; }
+        exit 1;;
+    rar)
+        # avoid password prompt by providing empty password
+        try unrar -p- lt "$path" && { dump | trim; exit 0; } || exit 1;;
+    7z)
+        # avoid password prompt by providing empty password
+        try 7z -p l "$path" && { dump | trim; exit 0; } || exit 1;;
+    # PDF documents:
+    pdf)
+        try pdftotext -l 10 -nopgbrk -q "$path" - && \
+            { dump | trim | fmt -s -w $width; exit 0; } || exit 1;;
+    # BitTorrent Files
+    torrent)
+        try transmission-show "$path" && { dump | trim; exit 5; } || exit 1;;
+    # ODT Files
+    #odt|ods|odp|sxw)
+    #    try odt2txt "$path" && { dump | trim; exit 5; } || exit 1;;
+	# Try to get the text out of a document using libreoffice
+	odt|ods|odp|sxw|doc|docx|xls|xlsx|ppt|pptx)
+		try libreoffice --cat "$path" && { dump | trim | fmt -s -w $width; exit 0; } || exit 1;;
+    # HTML Pages:
+    htm|html|xhtml)
+        try w3m    -dump "$path" && { dump | trim | fmt -s -w $width; exit 4; }
+        try lynx   -dump "$path" && { dump | trim | fmt -s -w $width; exit 4; }
+        try elinks -dump "$path" && { dump | trim | fmt -s -w $width; exit 4; }
+        ;; # fall back to highlight/cat if the text browsers fail
+esac
+
+case "$mimetype" in
+    # Syntax highlight for text files:
+    text/* | */xml)
+        if [ "$(tput colors)" -ge 256 ]; then
+            pygmentize_format=terminal256
+            highlight_format=xterm256
+        else
+            pygmentize_format=terminal
+            highlight_format=ansi
+        fi
+        try safepipe highlight --out-format=${highlight_format} "$path" && { dump | trim; exit 5; }
+        try safepipe pygmentize -f ${pygmentize_format} "$path" && { dump | trim; exit 5; }
+        exit 2;;
+    # Ascii-previews of images:
+    image/*)
+        img2txt --gamma=0.6 --width="$width" "$path" && exit 4 || exit 1;;
+    # Display information about media files:
+    video/* | audio/*)
+        exiftool "$path" && exit 5
+        # Use sed to remove spaces so the output fits into the narrow window
+        try mediainfo "$path" && { dump | trim | sed 's/  \+:/: /;';  exit 5; } || exit 1;;
+esac
+
+exit 1
--- a/config/termite/config
+++ b/config/termite/config
@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+[options]
+scroll_on_output = false
+scroll_on_keystroke = true
+audible_bell = false
+mouse_autohide = false
+allow_bold = true
+dynamic_title = true
+urgent_on_bell = true
+clickable_url = true
+#font = Monospace 12
+#font = DejaVu Sans Mono for Powerline 12
+font = Ubuntu Mono derivative Powerline 15
+font = Roboto Mono for Powerline 12
+#font = Ubuntu Mono 15
+scrollback_lines = 10000
+search_wrap = true
+#icon_name = terminal
+#geometry = 640x480
+
+# "system", "on" or "off"
+cursor_blink = system
+
+# "block", "underline" or "ibeam"
+cursor_shape = block
+
+# $BROWSER is used by default if set, with xdg-open as a fallback
+#browser = xdg-open
+
+# set size hints for the window
+#size_hints = false
+
+# Hide links that are no longer valid in url select overlay mode
+filter_unmatched_urls = true
+
+# emit escape sequences for extra modified keys
+#modify_other_keys = false
+
+[colors]
+#cursor = #dcdccc
+#cursor_foreground = #dcdccc
+foreground = #dcdccc
+foreground_bold = #ffffff
+background = #3f3f3f
+
+# 20% background transparency (requires a compositor)
+background = rgba(63, 63, 63, 0.95)
+
+# if unset, will reverse foreground and background
+highlight = #2f2f2f
+
+# colors from color0 to color254 can be set
+#color0 = #3f3f3f
+#color1 = #705050
+#color2 = #60b48a
+#color3 = #dfaf8f
+#color4 = #506070
+#color5 = #dc8cc3
+#color6 = #8cd0d3
+#color7 = #dcdccc
+#color8 = #709080
+#color9 = #dca3a3
+#color10 = #c3bf9f
+#color11 = #f0dfaf
+#This is the blue that ls used by default for folders
+color12 = #94bff3
+#color13 = #ec93d3
+#color14 = #93e0e3
+#color15 = #ffffff
+
+[hints]
+#font = Monospace 12
+#foreground = #dcdccc
+#background = #3f3f3f
+#active_foreground = #e68080
+#active_background = #3f3f3f
+#padding = 2
+#border = #3f3f3f
+#border_width = 0.5
+#roundness = 2.0
+
+# vim: ft=dosini cms=#%s
--- a/etc/dnsmasq.conf
+++ b/etc/dnsmasq.conf
@ -0,0 +1,668 @@
+# Configuration file for dnsmasq.
+#
+# Format is one option per line, legal options are the same
+# as the long options legal on the command line. See
+# "/usr/sbin/dnsmasq --help" or "man 8 dnsmasq" for details.
+
+# Listen on this specific port instead of the standard DNS port
+# (53). Setting this to zero completely disables DNS function,
+# leaving only DHCP and/or TFTP.
+#port=5353
+
+# The following two options make you a better netizen, since they
+# tell dnsmasq to filter out queries which the public DNS cannot
+# answer, and which load the servers (especially the root servers)
+# unnecessarily. If you have a dial-on-demand link they also stop
+# these requests from bringing up the link unnecessarily.
+
+# Never forward plain names (without a dot or domain part)
+#domain-needed
+# Never forward addresses in the non-routed address spaces.
+#bogus-priv
+
+# Uncomment these to enable DNSSEC validation and caching:
+# (Requires dnsmasq to be built with DNSSEC option.)
+#conf-file=/usr/share/dnsmasq/trust-anchors.conf
+#dnssec
+
+# Replies which are not DNSSEC signed may be legitimate, because the domain
+# is unsigned, or may be forgeries. Setting this option tells dnsmasq to
+# check that an unsigned reply is OK, by finding a secure proof that a DS 
+# record somewhere between the root and the domain does not exist. 
+# The cost of setting this is that even queries in unsigned domains will need
+# one or more extra DNS queries to verify.
+#dnssec-check-unsigned
+
+# Uncomment this to filter useless windows-originated DNS requests
+# which can trigger dial-on-demand links needlessly.
+# Note that (amongst other things) this blocks all SRV requests,
+# so don't use it if you use eg Kerberos, SIP, XMMP or Google-talk.
+# This option only affects forwarding, SRV records originating for
+# dnsmasq (via srv-host= lines) are not suppressed by it.
+#filterwin2k
+
+# Change this line if you want dns to get its upstream servers from
+# somewhere other that /etc/resolv.conf
+#resolv-file=
+
+# By  default,  dnsmasq  will  send queries to any of the upstream
+# servers it knows about and tries to favour servers to are  known
+# to  be  up.  Uncommenting this forces dnsmasq to try each query
+# with  each  server  strictly  in  the  order  they   appear   in
+# /etc/resolv.conf
+#strict-order
+
+# If you don't want dnsmasq to read /etc/resolv.conf or any other
+# file, getting its servers from this file instead (see below), then
+# uncomment this.
+#no-resolv
+
+# If you don't want dnsmasq to poll /etc/resolv.conf or other resolv
+# files for changes and re-read them then uncomment this.
+#no-poll
+
+# Add other name servers here, with domain specs if they are for
+# non-public domains.
+#server=/localnet/192.168.0.1
+
+# Example of routing PTR queries to nameservers: this will send all
+# address->name queries for 192.168.3/24 to nameserver 10.1.2.3
+#server=/3.168.192.in-addr.arpa/10.1.2.3
+
+# Add local-only domains here, queries in these domains are answered
+# from /etc/hosts or DHCP only.
+#local=/localnet/
+
+# Add domains which you want to force to an IP address here.
+# The example below send any host in double-click.net to a local
+# web-server.
+#address=/double-click.net/127.0.0.1
+address=/.localhost/127.0.0.1
+
+# --address (and --server) work with IPv6 addresses too.
+#address=/www.thekelleys.org.uk/fe80::20d:60ff:fe36:f83
+
+# Add the IPs of all queries to yahoo.com, google.com, and their
+# subdomains to the vpn and search ipsets:
+#ipset=/yahoo.com/google.com/vpn,search
+
+# You can control how dnsmasq talks to a server: this forces
+# queries to 10.1.2.3 to be routed via eth1
+# server=10.1.2.3@eth1
+
+# and this sets the source (ie local) address used to talk to
+# 10.1.2.3 to 192.168.1.1 port 55 (there must be a interface with that
+# IP on the machine, obviously).
+# server=10.1.2.3@192.168.1.1#55
+
+# If you want dnsmasq to change uid and gid to something other
+# than the default, edit the following lines.
+#user=
+#group=
+
+# If you want dnsmasq to listen for DHCP and DNS requests only on
+# specified interfaces (and the loopback) give the name of the
+# interface (eg eth0) here.
+# Repeat the line for more than one interface.
+#interface=
+# Or you can specify which interface _not_ to listen on
+#except-interface=
+# Or which to listen on by address (remember to include 127.0.0.1 if
+# you use this.)
+#listen-address=
+listen-address=127.0.0.1
+# If you want dnsmasq to provide only DNS service on an interface,
+# configure it as shown above, and then use the following line to
+# disable DHCP and TFTP on it.
+#no-dhcp-interface=
+
+# On systems which support it, dnsmasq binds the wildcard address,
+# even when it is listening on only some interfaces. It then discards
+# requests that it shouldn't reply to. This has the advantage of
+# working even when interfaces come and go and change address. If you
+# want dnsmasq to really bind only the interfaces it is listening on,
+# uncomment this option. About the only time you may need this is when
+# running another nameserver on the same machine.
+#bind-interfaces
+
+# If you don't want dnsmasq to read /etc/hosts, uncomment the
+# following line.
+#no-hosts
+# or if you want it to read another file, as well as /etc/hosts, use
+# this.
+#addn-hosts=/etc/banner_add_hosts
+
+# Set this (and domain: see below) if you want to have a domain
+# automatically added to simple names in a hosts-file.
+#expand-hosts
+
+# Set the domain for dnsmasq. this is optional, but if it is set, it
+# does the following things.
+# 1) Allows DHCP hosts to have fully qualified domain names, as long
+#     as the domain part matches this setting.
+# 2) Sets the "domain" DHCP option thereby potentially setting the
+#    domain of all systems configured by DHCP
+# 3) Provides the domain part for "expand-hosts"
+#domain=thekelleys.org.uk
+
+# Set a different domain for a particular subnet
+#domain=wireless.thekelleys.org.uk,192.168.2.0/24
+
+# Same idea, but range rather then subnet
+#domain=reserved.thekelleys.org.uk,192.68.3.100,192.168.3.200
+
+# Uncomment this to enable the integrated DHCP server, you need
+# to supply the range of addresses available for lease and optionally
+# a lease time. If you have more than one network, you will need to
+# repeat this for each network on which you want to supply DHCP
+# service.
+#dhcp-range=192.168.0.50,192.168.0.150,12h
+
+# This is an example of a DHCP range where the netmask is given. This
+# is needed for networks we reach the dnsmasq DHCP server via a relay
+# agent. If you don't know what a DHCP relay agent is, you probably
+# don't need to worry about this.
+#dhcp-range=192.168.0.50,192.168.0.150,255.255.255.0,12h
+
+# This is an example of a DHCP range which sets a tag, so that
+# some DHCP options may be set only for this network.
+#dhcp-range=set:red,192.168.0.50,192.168.0.150
+
+# Use this DHCP range only when the tag "green" is set.
+#dhcp-range=tag:green,192.168.0.50,192.168.0.150,12h
+
+# Specify a subnet which can't be used for dynamic address allocation,
+# is available for hosts with matching --dhcp-host lines. Note that
+# dhcp-host declarations will be ignored unless there is a dhcp-range
+# of some type for the subnet in question.
+# In this case the netmask is implied (it comes from the network
+# configuration on the machine running dnsmasq) it is possible to give
+# an explicit netmask instead.
+#dhcp-range=192.168.0.0,static
+
+# Enable DHCPv6. Note that the prefix-length does not need to be specified
+# and defaults to 64 if missing/
+#dhcp-range=1234::2, 1234::500, 64, 12h
+
+# Do Router Advertisements, BUT NOT DHCP for this subnet.
+#dhcp-range=1234::, ra-only 
+
+# Do Router Advertisements, BUT NOT DHCP for this subnet, also try and
+# add names to the DNS for the IPv6 address of SLAAC-configured dual-stack 
+# hosts. Use the DHCPv4 lease to derive the name, network segment and 
+# MAC address and assume that the host will also have an
+# IPv6 address calculated using the SLAAC alogrithm.
+#dhcp-range=1234::, ra-names
+
+# Do Router Advertisements, BUT NOT DHCP for this subnet.
+# Set the lifetime to 46 hours. (Note: minimum lifetime is 2 hours.)
+#dhcp-range=1234::, ra-only, 48h
+
+# Do DHCP and Router Advertisements for this subnet. Set the A bit in the RA
+# so that clients can use SLAAC addresses as well as DHCP ones.
+#dhcp-range=1234::2, 1234::500, slaac
+
+# Do Router Advertisements and stateless DHCP for this subnet. Clients will
+# not get addresses from DHCP, but they will get other configuration information.
+# They will use SLAAC for addresses.
+#dhcp-range=1234::, ra-stateless
+
+# Do stateless DHCP, SLAAC, and generate DNS names for SLAAC addresses
+# from DHCPv4 leases.
+#dhcp-range=1234::, ra-stateless, ra-names
+
+# Do router advertisements for all subnets where we're doing DHCPv6
+# Unless overriden by ra-stateless, ra-names, et al, the router 
+# advertisements will have the M and O bits set, so that the clients
+# get addresses and configuration from DHCPv6, and the A bit reset, so the 
+# clients don't use SLAAC addresses.
+#enable-ra
+
+# Supply parameters for specified hosts using DHCP. There are lots
+# of valid alternatives, so we will give examples of each. Note that
+# IP addresses DO NOT have to be in the range given above, they just
+# need to be on the same network. The order of the parameters in these
+# do not matter, it's permissible to give name, address and MAC in any
+# order.
+
+# Always allocate the host with Ethernet address 11:22:33:44:55:66
+# The IP address 192.168.0.60
+#dhcp-host=11:22:33:44:55:66,192.168.0.60
+
+# Always set the name of the host with hardware address
+# 11:22:33:44:55:66 to be "fred"
+#dhcp-host=11:22:33:44:55:66,fred
+
+# Always give the host with Ethernet address 11:22:33:44:55:66
+# the name fred and IP address 192.168.0.60 and lease time 45 minutes
+#dhcp-host=11:22:33:44:55:66,fred,192.168.0.60,45m
+
+# Give a host with Ethernet address 11:22:33:44:55:66 or
+# 12:34:56:78:90:12 the IP address 192.168.0.60. Dnsmasq will assume
+# that these two Ethernet interfaces will never be in use at the same
+# time, and give the IP address to the second, even if it is already
+# in use by the first. Useful for laptops with wired and wireless
+# addresses.
+#dhcp-host=11:22:33:44:55:66,12:34:56:78:90:12,192.168.0.60
+
+# Give the machine which says its name is "bert" IP address
+# 192.168.0.70 and an infinite lease
+#dhcp-host=bert,192.168.0.70,infinite
+
+# Always give the host with client identifier 01:02:02:04
+# the IP address 192.168.0.60
+#dhcp-host=id:01:02:02:04,192.168.0.60
+
+# Always give the Infiniband interface with hardware address
+# 80:00:00:48:fe:80:00:00:00:00:00:00:f4:52:14:03:00:28:05:81 the
+# ip address 192.168.0.61. The client id is derived from the prefix
+# ff:00:00:00:00:00:02:00:00:02:c9:00 and the last 8 pairs of
+# hex digits of the hardware address.
+#dhcp-host=id:ff:00:00:00:00:00:02:00:00:02:c9:00:f4:52:14:03:00:28:05:81,192.168.0.61
+
+# Always give the host with client identifier "marjorie"
+# the IP address 192.168.0.60
+#dhcp-host=id:marjorie,192.168.0.60
+
+# Enable the address given for "judge" in /etc/hosts
+# to be given to a machine presenting the name "judge" when
+# it asks for a DHCP lease.
+#dhcp-host=judge
+
+# Never offer DHCP service to a machine whose Ethernet
+# address is 11:22:33:44:55:66
+#dhcp-host=11:22:33:44:55:66,ignore
+
+# Ignore any client-id presented by the machine with Ethernet
+# address 11:22:33:44:55:66. This is useful to prevent a machine
+# being treated differently when running under different OS's or
+# between PXE boot and OS boot.
+#dhcp-host=11:22:33:44:55:66,id:*
+
+# Send extra options which are tagged as "red" to
+# the machine with Ethernet address 11:22:33:44:55:66
+#dhcp-host=11:22:33:44:55:66,set:red
+
+# Send extra options which are tagged as "red" to
+# any machine with Ethernet address starting 11:22:33:
+#dhcp-host=11:22:33:*:*:*,set:red
+
+# Give a fixed IPv6 address and name to client with 
+# DUID 00:01:00:01:16:d2:83:fc:92:d4:19:e2:d8:b2
+# Note the MAC addresses CANNOT be used to identify DHCPv6 clients.
+# Note also the they [] around the IPv6 address are obilgatory.
+#dhcp-host=id:00:01:00:01:16:d2:83:fc:92:d4:19:e2:d8:b2, fred, [1234::5] 
+
+# Ignore any clients which are not specified in dhcp-host lines
+# or /etc/ethers. Equivalent to ISC "deny unknown-clients".
+# This relies on the special "known" tag which is set when
+# a host is matched.
+#dhcp-ignore=tag:!known
+
+# Send extra options which are tagged as "red" to any machine whose
+# DHCP vendorclass string includes the substring "Linux"
+#dhcp-vendorclass=set:red,Linux
+
+# Send extra options which are tagged as "red" to any machine one
+# of whose DHCP userclass strings includes the substring "accounts"
+#dhcp-userclass=set:red,accounts
+
+# Send extra options which are tagged as "red" to any machine whose
+# MAC address matches the pattern.
+#dhcp-mac=set:red,00:60:8C:*:*:*
+
+# If this line is uncommented, dnsmasq will read /etc/ethers and act
+# on the ethernet-address/IP pairs found there just as if they had
+# been given as --dhcp-host options. Useful if you keep
+# MAC-address/host mappings there for other purposes.
+#read-ethers
+
+# Send options to hosts which ask for a DHCP lease.
+# See RFC 2132 for details of available options.
+# Common options can be given to dnsmasq by name:
+# run "dnsmasq --help dhcp" to get a list.
+# Note that all the common settings, such as netmask and
+# broadcast address, DNS server and default route, are given
+# sane defaults by dnsmasq. You very likely will not need
+# any dhcp-options. If you use Windows clients and Samba, there
+# are some options which are recommended, they are detailed at the
+# end of this section.
+
+# Override the default route supplied by dnsmasq, which assumes the
+# router is the same machine as the one running dnsmasq.
+#dhcp-option=3,1.2.3.4
+
+# Do the same thing, but using the option name
+#dhcp-option=option:router,1.2.3.4
+
+# Override the default route supplied by dnsmasq and send no default
+# route at all. Note that this only works for the options sent by
+# default (1, 3, 6, 12, 28) the same line will send a zero-length option
+# for all other option numbers.
+#dhcp-option=3
+
+# Set the NTP time server addresses to 192.168.0.4 and 10.10.0.5
+#dhcp-option=option:ntp-server,192.168.0.4,10.10.0.5
+
+# Send DHCPv6 option. Note [] around IPv6 addresses.
+#dhcp-option=option6:dns-server,[1234::77],[1234::88]
+
+# Send DHCPv6 option for namservers as the machine running 
+# dnsmasq and another.
+#dhcp-option=option6:dns-server,[::],[1234::88]
+
+# Ask client to poll for option changes every six hours. (RFC4242)
+#dhcp-option=option6:information-refresh-time,6h
+
+# Set option 58 client renewal time (T1). Defaults to half of the
+# lease time if not specified. (RFC2132)
+#dhcp-option=option:T1:1m
+
+# Set option 59 rebinding time (T2). Defaults to 7/8 of the
+# lease time if not specified. (RFC2132)
+#dhcp-option=option:T2:2m
+
+# Set the NTP time server address to be the same machine as
+# is running dnsmasq
+#dhcp-option=42,0.0.0.0
+
+# Set the NIS domain name to "welly"
+#dhcp-option=40,welly
+
+# Set the default time-to-live to 50
+#dhcp-option=23,50
+
+# Set the "all subnets are local" flag
+#dhcp-option=27,1
+
+# Send the etherboot magic flag and then etherboot options (a string).
+#dhcp-option=128,e4:45:74:68:00:00
+#dhcp-option=129,NIC=eepro100
+
+# Specify an option which will only be sent to the "red" network
+# (see dhcp-range for the declaration of the "red" network)
+# Note that the tag: part must precede the option: part.
+#dhcp-option = tag:red, option:ntp-server, 192.168.1.1
+
+# The following DHCP options set up dnsmasq in the same way as is specified
+# for the ISC dhcpcd in
+# http://www.samba.org/samba/ftp/docs/textdocs/DHCP-Server-Configuration.txt
+# adapted for a typical dnsmasq installation where the host running
+# dnsmasq is also the host running samba.
+# you may want to uncomment some or all of them if you use
+# Windows clients and Samba.
+#dhcp-option=19,0           # option ip-forwarding off
+#dhcp-option=44,0.0.0.0     # set netbios-over-TCP/IP nameserver(s) aka WINS server(s)
+#dhcp-option=45,0.0.0.0     # netbios datagram distribution server
+#dhcp-option=46,8           # netbios node type
+
+# Send an empty WPAD option. This may be REQUIRED to get windows 7 to behave.
+#dhcp-option=252,"\n"
+
+# Send RFC-3397 DNS domain search DHCP option. WARNING: Your DHCP client
+# probably doesn't support this......
+#dhcp-option=option:domain-search,eng.apple.com,marketing.apple.com
+
+# Send RFC-3442 classless static routes (note the netmask encoding)
+#dhcp-option=121,192.168.1.0/24,1.2.3.4,10.0.0.0/8,5.6.7.8
+
+# Send vendor-class specific options encapsulated in DHCP option 43.
+# The meaning of the options is defined by the vendor-class so
+# options are sent only when the client supplied vendor class
+# matches the class given here. (A substring match is OK, so "MSFT"
+# matches "MSFT" and "MSFT 5.0"). This example sets the
+# mtftp address to 0.0.0.0 for PXEClients.
+#dhcp-option=vendor:PXEClient,1,0.0.0.0
+
+# Send microsoft-specific option to tell windows to release the DHCP lease
+# when it shuts down. Note the "i" flag, to tell dnsmasq to send the
+# value as a four-byte integer - that's what microsoft wants. See
+# http://technet2.microsoft.com/WindowsServer/en/library/a70f1bb7-d2d4-49f0-96d6-4b7414ecfaae1033.mspx?mfr=true
+#dhcp-option=vendor:MSFT,2,1i
+
+# Send the Encapsulated-vendor-class ID needed by some configurations of
+# Etherboot to allow is to recognise the DHCP server.
+#dhcp-option=vendor:Etherboot,60,"Etherboot"
+
+# Send options to PXELinux. Note that we need to send the options even
+# though they don't appear in the parameter request list, so we need
+# to use dhcp-option-force here.
+# See http://syslinux.zytor.com/pxe.php#special for details.
+# Magic number - needed before anything else is recognised
+#dhcp-option-force=208,f1:00:74:7e
+# Configuration file name
+#dhcp-option-force=209,configs/common
+# Path prefix
+#dhcp-option-force=210,/tftpboot/pxelinux/files/
+# Reboot time. (Note 'i' to send 32-bit value)
+#dhcp-option-force=211,30i
+
+# Set the boot filename for netboot/PXE. You will only need
+# this is you want to boot machines over the network and you will need
+# a TFTP server; either dnsmasq's built in TFTP server or an
+# external one. (See below for how to enable the TFTP server.)
+#dhcp-boot=pxelinux.0
+
+# The same as above, but use custom tftp-server instead machine running dnsmasq
+#dhcp-boot=pxelinux,server.name,192.168.1.100
+
+# Boot for Etherboot gPXE. The idea is to send two different
+# filenames, the first loads gPXE, and the second tells gPXE what to
+# load. The dhcp-match sets the gpxe tag for requests from gPXE.
+#dhcp-match=set:gpxe,175 # gPXE sends a 175 option.
+#dhcp-boot=tag:!gpxe,undionly.kpxe
+#dhcp-boot=mybootimage
+
+# Encapsulated options for Etherboot gPXE. All the options are
+# encapsulated within option 175
+#dhcp-option=encap:175, 1, 5b         # priority code
+#dhcp-option=encap:175, 176, 1b       # no-proxydhcp
+#dhcp-option=encap:175, 177, string   # bus-id
+#dhcp-option=encap:175, 189, 1b       # BIOS drive code
+#dhcp-option=encap:175, 190, user     # iSCSI username
+#dhcp-option=encap:175, 191, pass     # iSCSI password
+
+# Test for the architecture of a netboot client. PXE clients are
+# supposed to send their architecture as option 93. (See RFC 4578)
+#dhcp-match=peecees, option:client-arch, 0 #x86-32
+#dhcp-match=itanics, option:client-arch, 2 #IA64
+#dhcp-match=hammers, option:client-arch, 6 #x86-64
+#dhcp-match=mactels, option:client-arch, 7 #EFI x86-64
+
+# Do real PXE, rather than just booting a single file, this is an
+# alternative to dhcp-boot.
+#pxe-prompt="What system shall I netboot?"
+# or with timeout before first available action is taken:
+#pxe-prompt="Press F8 for menu.", 60
+
+# Available boot services. for PXE.
+#pxe-service=x86PC, "Boot from local disk"
+
+# Loads <tftp-root>/pxelinux.0 from dnsmasq TFTP server.
+#pxe-service=x86PC, "Install Linux", pxelinux
+
+# Loads <tftp-root>/pxelinux.0 from TFTP server at 1.2.3.4.
+# Beware this fails on old PXE ROMS.
+#pxe-service=x86PC, "Install Linux", pxelinux, 1.2.3.4
+
+# Use bootserver on network, found my multicast or broadcast.
+#pxe-service=x86PC, "Install windows from RIS server", 1
+
+# Use bootserver at a known IP address.
+#pxe-service=x86PC, "Install windows from RIS server", 1, 1.2.3.4
+
+# If you have multicast-FTP available,
+# information for that can be passed in a similar way using options 1
+# to 5. See page 19 of
+# http://download.intel.com/design/archives/wfm/downloads/pxespec.pdf
+
+
+# Enable dnsmasq's built-in TFTP server
+#enable-tftp
+
+# Set the root directory for files available via FTP.
+#tftp-root=/var/ftpd
+
+# Do not abort if the tftp-root is unavailable
+#tftp-no-fail
+
+# Make the TFTP server more secure: with this set, only files owned by
+# the user dnsmasq is running as will be send over the net.
+#tftp-secure
+
+# This option stops dnsmasq from negotiating a larger blocksize for TFTP
+# transfers. It will slow things down, but may rescue some broken TFTP
+# clients.
+#tftp-no-blocksize
+
+# Set the boot file name only when the "red" tag is set.
+#dhcp-boot=tag:red,pxelinux.red-net
+
+# An example of dhcp-boot with an external TFTP server: the name and IP
+# address of the server are given after the filename.
+# Can fail with old PXE ROMS. Overridden by --pxe-service.
+#dhcp-boot=/var/ftpd/pxelinux.0,boothost,192.168.0.3
+
+# If there are multiple external tftp servers having a same name
+# (using /etc/hosts) then that name can be specified as the
+# tftp_servername (the third option to dhcp-boot) and in that
+# case dnsmasq resolves this name and returns the resultant IP
+# addresses in round robin fasion. This facility can be used to
+# load balance the tftp load among a set of servers.
+#dhcp-boot=/var/ftpd/pxelinux.0,boothost,tftp_server_name
+
+# Set the limit on DHCP leases, the default is 150
+#dhcp-lease-max=150
+
+# The DHCP server needs somewhere on disk to keep its lease database.
+# This defaults to a sane location, but if you want to change it, use
+# the line below.
+#dhcp-leasefile=/var/lib/misc/dnsmasq.leases
+
+# Set the DHCP server to authoritative mode. In this mode it will barge in
+# and take over the lease for any client which broadcasts on the network,
+# whether it has a record of the lease or not. This avoids long timeouts
+# when a machine wakes up on a new network. DO NOT enable this if there's
+# the slightest chance that you might end up accidentally configuring a DHCP
+# server for your campus/company accidentally. The ISC server uses
+# the same option, and this URL provides more information:
+# http://www.isc.org/files/auth.html
+#dhcp-authoritative
+
+# Run an executable when a DHCP lease is created or destroyed.
+# The arguments sent to the script are "add" or "del",
+# then the MAC address, the IP address and finally the hostname
+# if there is one.
+#dhcp-script=/bin/echo
+
+# Set the cachesize here.
+#cache-size=150
+
+# If you want to disable negative caching, uncomment this.
+#no-negcache
+
+# Normally responses which come from /etc/hosts and the DHCP lease
+# file have Time-To-Live set as zero, which conventionally means
+# do not cache further. If you are happy to trade lower load on the
+# server for potentially stale date, you can set a time-to-live (in
+# seconds) here.
+#local-ttl=
+
+# If you want dnsmasq to detect attempts by Verisign to send queries
+# to unregistered .com and .net hosts to its sitefinder service and
+# have dnsmasq instead return the correct NXDOMAIN response, uncomment
+# this line. You can add similar lines to do the same for other
+# registries which have implemented wildcard A records.
+#bogus-nxdomain=64.94.110.11
+
+# If you want to fix up DNS results from upstream servers, use the
+# alias option. This only works for IPv4.
+# This alias makes a result of 1.2.3.4 appear as 5.6.7.8
+#alias=1.2.3.4,5.6.7.8
+# and this maps 1.2.3.x to 5.6.7.x
+#alias=1.2.3.0,5.6.7.0,255.255.255.0
+# and this maps 192.168.0.10->192.168.0.40 to 10.0.0.10->10.0.0.40
+#alias=192.168.0.10-192.168.0.40,10.0.0.0,255.255.255.0
+
+# Change these lines if you want dnsmasq to serve MX records.
+
+# Return an MX record named "maildomain.com" with target
+# servermachine.com and preference 50
+#mx-host=maildomain.com,servermachine.com,50
+
+# Set the default target for MX records created using the localmx option.
+#mx-target=servermachine.com
+
+# Return an MX record pointing to the mx-target for all local
+# machines.
+#localmx
+
+# Return an MX record pointing to itself for all local machines.
+#selfmx
+
+# Change the following lines if you want dnsmasq to serve SRV
+# records.  These are useful if you want to serve ldap requests for
+# Active Directory and other windows-originated DNS requests.
+# See RFC 2782.
+# You may add multiple srv-host lines.
+# The fields are <name>,<target>,<port>,<priority>,<weight>
+# If the domain part if missing from the name (so that is just has the
+# service and protocol sections) then the domain given by the domain=
+# config option is used. (Note that expand-hosts does not need to be
+# set for this to work.)
+
+# A SRV record sending LDAP for the example.com domain to
+# ldapserver.example.com port 389
+#srv-host=_ldap._tcp.example.com,ldapserver.example.com,389
+
+# A SRV record sending LDAP for the example.com domain to
+# ldapserver.example.com port 389 (using domain=)
+#domain=example.com
+#srv-host=_ldap._tcp,ldapserver.example.com,389
+
+# Two SRV records for LDAP, each with different priorities
+#srv-host=_ldap._tcp.example.com,ldapserver.example.com,389,1
+#srv-host=_ldap._tcp.example.com,ldapserver.example.com,389,2
+
+# A SRV record indicating that there is no LDAP server for the domain
+# example.com
+#srv-host=_ldap._tcp.example.com
+
+# The following line shows how to make dnsmasq serve an arbitrary PTR
+# record. This is useful for DNS-SD. (Note that the
+# domain-name expansion done for SRV records _does_not
+# occur for PTR records.)
+#ptr-record=_http._tcp.dns-sd-services,"New Employee Page._http._tcp.dns-sd-services"
+
+# Change the following lines to enable dnsmasq to serve TXT records.
+# These are used for things like SPF and zeroconf. (Note that the
+# domain-name expansion done for SRV records _does_not
+# occur for TXT records.)
+
+#Example SPF.
+#txt-record=example.com,"v=spf1 a -all"
+
+#Example zeroconf
+#txt-record=_http._tcp.example.com,name=value,paper=A4
+
+# Provide an alias for a "local" DNS name. Note that this _only_ works
+# for targets which are names from DHCP or /etc/hosts. Give host
+# "bert" another name, bertrand
+#cname=bertand,bert
+
+# For debugging purposes, log each DNS query as it passes through
+# dnsmasq.
+#log-queries
+
+# Log lots of extra information about DHCP transactions.
+#log-dhcp
+
+# Include another lot of configuration options.
+#conf-file=/etc/dnsmasq.more.conf
+#conf-dir=/etc/dnsmasq.d
+
+# Include all the files in a directory except those ending in .bak
+#conf-dir=/etc/dnsmasq.d,.bak
+
+# Include all files in a directory which end in .conf
+#conf-dir=/etc/dnsmasq.d/,*.conf
--- a/etc/pacman.conf
+++ b/etc/pacman.conf
@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+#
+# /etc/pacman.conf
+#
+# See the pacman.conf(5) manpage for option and repository directives
+
+#
+# GENERAL OPTIONS
+#
+[options]
+# The following paths are commented out with their default values listed.
+# If you wish to use different paths, uncomment and update the paths.
+#RootDir     = /
+#DBPath      = /var/lib/pacman/
+#CacheDir    = /var/cache/pacman/pkg/
+#LogFile     = /var/log/pacman.log
+#GPGDir      = /etc/pacman.d/gnupg/
+#HookDir     = /etc/pacman.d/hooks/
+HoldPkg     = pacman glibc
+#XferCommand = /usr/bin/curl -C - -f %u > %o
+#XferCommand = /usr/bin/wget --passive-ftp -c -O %o %u
+#CleanMethod = KeepInstalled
+#UseDelta    = 0.7
+Architecture = auto
+
+# Pacman won't upgrade packages listed in IgnorePkg and members of IgnoreGroup
+#IgnorePkg   =
+#IgnoreGroup =
+
+#NoUpgrade   =
+#NoExtract   =
+
+# Misc options
+#UseSyslog
+Color
+#TotalDownload
+CheckSpace
+#VerbosePkgLists
+ILoveCandy
+
+# By default, pacman accepts packages signed by keys that its local keyring
+# trusts (see pacman-key and its man page), as well as unsigned packages.
+SigLevel    = Required DatabaseOptional
+LocalFileSigLevel = Optional
+#RemoteFileSigLevel = Required
+
+# NOTE: You must run `pacman-key --init` before first using pacman; the local
+# keyring can then be populated with the keys of all official Arch Linux
+# packagers with `pacman-key --populate archlinux`.
+
+#
+# REPOSITORIES
+#   - can be defined here or included from another file
+#   - pacman will search repositories in the order defined here
+#   - local/custom mirrors can be added here or in separate files
+#   - repositories listed first will take precedence when packages
+#     have identical names, regardless of version number
+#   - URLs will have $repo replaced by the name of the current repo
+#   - URLs will have $arch replaced by the name of the architecture
+#
+# Repository entries are of the format:
+#       [repo-name]
+#       Server = ServerName
+#       Include = IncludePath
+#
+# The header [repo-name] is crucial - it must be present and
+# uncommented to enable the repo.
+#
+
+# The testing repositories are disabled by default. To enable, uncomment the
+# repo name header and Include lines. You can add preferred servers immediately
+# after the header, and they will be used before the default mirrors.
+
+#[testing]
+#Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
+
+[core]
+Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
+
+[extra]
+Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
+
+#[community-testing]
+#Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
+
+[community]
+Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
+
+# If you want to run 32 bit applications on your x86_64 system,
+# enable the multilib repositories as required here.
+
+#[multilib-testing]
+#Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
+
+#[multilib]
+Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
+
+# An example of a custom package repository.  See the pacman manpage for
+# tips on creating your own repositories.
+#[custom]
+#SigLevel = Optional TrustAll
+#Server = file:///home/custompkgs
--- a/16
+++ b/16
@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+[user]
+	email = jonathan@lunarweb.co.uk
+	name = Jonathan Hodgson
+[core]
+	editor = vim
+[status]
+	submoduleSummary = true
+[alias]
+	#lol = log --graph --decorate --pretty=oneline --abbrev-commit
+	lol = log --graph --pretty=format:\"%C(yellow)%h %C(blue)%cd %C(green)%cn %C(white) - %s\" --date=format:\"%d/%m/%Y %H:%M:%S\"
+	#lola = log --graph --decorate --pretty=oneline --abbrev-commit --all
+	lola = log --graph --pretty=format:\"%C(yellow)%h %C(blue)%cd %C(green)%cn %C(white) - %s\" --date=format:\"%d/%m/%Y %H:%M:%S\" --all
+	ilog = recall
+	detach = "!git checkout $(git rev-parse HEAD)"
+	undo = reset --soft HEAD^
+
--- a/local/share/applications/chromium-snapshot-bin-big.desktop
+++ b/local/share/applications/chromium-snapshot-bin-big.desktop
@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+[Desktop Entry]
+Version=1.0
+Name=Chromium Snapshot Big
+# Only KDE 4 seems to use GenericName, so we reuse the KDE strings.
+# From Ubuntu's language-pack-kde-XX-base packages, version 9.04-20090413.
+GenericName=Web Browser
+GenericName[ar]=متصفح الشبكة
+GenericName[bg]=Уеб браузър
+GenericName[ca]=Navegador web
+GenericName[cs]=WWW prohlížeč
+GenericName[da]=Browser
+GenericName[de]=Web-Browser
+GenericName[el]=Περιηγητής ιστού
+GenericName[en_GB]=Web Browser
+GenericName[es]=Navegador web
+GenericName[et]=Veebibrauser
+GenericName[fi]=WWW-selain
+GenericName[fr]=Navigateur Web
+GenericName[gu]=વેબ બ્રાઉઝર
+GenericName[he]=דפדפן אינטרנט
+GenericName[hi]=वेब ब्राउज़र
+GenericName[hu]=Webböngésző
+GenericName[it]=Browser Web
+GenericName[ja]=ウェブブラウザ
+GenericName[kn]=ಜಾಲ ವೀಕ್ಷಕ
+GenericName[ko]=웹 브라우저
+GenericName[lt]=Žiniatinklio naršyklė
+GenericName[lv]=Tīmekļa pārlūks
+GenericName[ml]=വെബ് ബ്രൌസര്‍
+GenericName[mr]=वेब ब्राऊजर
+GenericName[nb]=Nettleser
+GenericName[nl]=Webbrowser
+GenericName[pl]=Przeglądarka WWW
+GenericName[pt]=Navegador Web
+GenericName[pt_BR]=Navegador da Internet
+GenericName[ro]=Navigator de Internet
+GenericName[ru]=Веб-браузер
+GenericName[sl]=Spletni brskalnik
+GenericName[sv]=Webbläsare
+GenericName[ta]=இணைய உலாவி
+GenericName[th]=เว็บเบราว์เซอร์
+GenericName[tr]=Web Tarayıcı
+GenericName[uk]=Навігатор Тенет
+GenericName[zh_CN]=网页浏览器
+GenericName[zh_HK]=網頁瀏覽器
+GenericName[zh_TW]=網頁瀏覽器
+# Not translated in KDE, from Epiphany 2.26.1-0ubuntu1.
+GenericName[bn]=ওয়েব ব্রাউজার
+GenericName[fil]=Web Browser
+GenericName[hr]=Web preglednik
+GenericName[id]=Browser Web
+GenericName[or]=ଓ୍ବେବ ବ୍ରାଉଜର
+GenericName[sk]=WWW prehliadač
+GenericName[sr]=Интернет прегледник
+GenericName[te]=మహాతల అన్వేషి
+GenericName[vi]=Bộ duyệt Web
+# Gnome and KDE 3 uses Comment.
+Comment=Access the Internet
+Comment[ar]=الدخول إلى الإنترنت
+Comment[bg]=Достъп до интернет
+Comment[bn]=ইন্টারনেটটি অ্যাক্সেস করুন
+Comment[ca]=Accedeix a Internet
+Comment[cs]=Přístup k internetu
+Comment[da]=Få adgang til internettet
+Comment[de]=Internetzugriff
+Comment[el]=Πρόσβαση στο Διαδίκτυο
+Comment[en_GB]=Access the Internet
+Comment[es]=Accede a Internet.
+Comment[et]=Pääs Internetti
+Comment[fi]=Käytä internetiä
+Comment[fil]=I-access ang Internet
+Comment[fr]=Accéder à Internet
+Comment[gu]=ઇંટરનેટ ઍક્સેસ કરો
+Comment[he]=גישה אל האינטרנט
+Comment[hi]=इंटरनेट तक पहुंच स्थापित करें
+Comment[hr]=Pristup Internetu
+Comment[hu]=Internetelérés
+Comment[id]=Akses Internet
+Comment[it]=Accesso a Internet
+Comment[ja]=インターネットにアクセス
+Comment[kn]=ಇಂಟರ್ನೆಟ್ ಅನ್ನು ಪ್ರವೇಶಿಸಿ
+Comment[ko]=인터넷 연결
+Comment[lt]=Interneto prieiga
+Comment[lv]=Piekļūt internetam
+Comment[ml]=ഇന്റര്‍‌നെറ്റ് ആക്‌സസ് ചെയ്യുക
+Comment[mr]=इंटरनेटमध्ये प्रवेश करा
+Comment[nb]=Gå til Internett
+Comment[nl]=Verbinding maken met internet
+Comment[or]=ଇଣ୍ଟର୍ନେଟ୍ ପ୍ରବେଶ କରନ୍ତୁ
+Comment[pl]=Skorzystaj z internetu
+Comment[pt]=Aceder à Internet
+Comment[pt_BR]=Acessar a internet
+Comment[ro]=Accesaţi Internetul
+Comment[ru]=Доступ в Интернет
+Comment[sk]=Prístup do siete Internet
+Comment[sl]=Dostop do interneta
+Comment[sr]=Приступите Интернету
+Comment[sv]=Gå ut på Internet
+Comment[ta]=இணையத்தை அணுகுதல்
+Comment[te]=ఇంటర్నెట్‌ను ఆక్సెస్ చెయ్యండి
+Comment[th]=เข้าถึงอินเทอร์เน็ต
+Comment[tr]=İnternet'e erişin
+Comment[uk]=Доступ до Інтернету
+Comment[vi]=Truy cập Internet
+Comment[zh_CN]=访问互联网
+Comment[zh_HK]=連線到網際網路
+Comment[zh_TW]=連線到網際網路
+Exec=chromium-snapshot-bin  --force-device-scale-factor=2 %U
+Terminal=false
+Icon=chromium-snapshot-bin
+Type=Application
+Categories=GTK;Network;WebBrowser;
+MimeType=text/html;text/xml;application/xhtml+xml;text/mml;x-scheme-handler/http;x-scheme-handler/https;
+StartupWMClass=/usr/bin/chromium-snapshot-bin
--- a/local/share/applications/evince.desktop
+++ b/local/share/applications/evince.desktop
@ -0,0 +1,257 @@
+[Desktop Entry]
+Name=Evince
+Name[af]=Dokumentbekyker
+Name[an]=Visualizador de documentos
+Name[ar]=عارض المستندات
+Name[as]=দস্তাবেজ প্ৰদৰ্শক
+Name[ast]=Visor de Documentos
+Name[be]=Праглядальнік дакументаў
+Name[be@latin]=Ahladalnik dakumentaŭ
+Name[bg]=Преглед на документи
+Name[bn]=নথি প্রদর্শক
+Name[bn_IN]=ডকুমেন্ট প্রদর্শন ব্যবস্থা
+Name[br]=Lenner teulioù
+Name[bs]=Pregledač dokumenta
+Name[ca]=Visualitzador de documents
+Name[ca@valencia]=Visualitzador de documents
+Name[cs]=Prohlížeč dokumentů
+Name[cy]=Gwelydd Dogfennau
+Name[da]=Dokumentfremviser
+Name[de]=Dokumentenbetrachter
+Name[dz]=ཡིག་ཆ་མཐོང་བྱེད།
+Name[el]=Προβολή εγγράφων
+Name[en@shaw]=𐑛𐑪𐑒𐑿𐑥𐑩𐑯𐑑 𐑝𐑿𐑼
+Name[en_CA]=Evince
+Name[en_GB]=Evince
+Name[eo]=Dokumentmontrilo
+Name[es]=Visor de documentos
+Name[et]=Dokumendinäitaja
+Name[eu]=Dokumentu-ikustailea
+Name[fa]=نمایشگر سند
+Name[fi]=Asiakirjakatselin
+Name[fr]=Visionneur de documents
+Name[fur]=Visualizadôr di Documents
+Name[ga]=Amharcán Cáipéisí
+Name[gd]=Sealladair sgrìobhainnean
+Name[gl]=Visualizador de documentos
+Name[gu]=દસ્તાવેજ દર્શક
+Name[he]=מציג מסמכים
+Name[hi]=लेखपत्र प्रदर्शक
+Name[hr]=Preglednik dokumenata
+Name[hu]=Dokumentummegjelenítő
+Name[id]=Penampil Dokumen
+Name[is]=Skjalaskoðari
+Name[it]=Visualizzatore documenti
+Name[ja]=ドキュメントビューアー
+Name[ka]=დოკუმენტების მნახველი
+Name[kk]=Құжаттарды көрсету қолданбасы
+Name[km]=កម្មវិធីមើលឯកសារ
+Name[kn]=ದಸ್ತಾವೇಜು ವೀಕ್ಷಕ
+Name[ko]=문서 보기
+Name[ks]=कागजात वुछनुक
+Name[ku]=Nîşanderê Belgeyan
+Name[lt]=Dokumentų peržiūros programa
+Name[lv]=Dokumentu skatītājs
+Name[mai]=दस्ताबेज प्रदर्शक
+Name[mg]=Mpaneho tahirin-kevitra
+Name[mk]=Прегледувач за документи
+Name[ml]=രേഖാദര്‍ശിനി
+Name[mn]=Баримт бичиг үзүүлэгч
+Name[mr]=दस्तऐवज दर्शक
+Name[ms]=Pemapar Dokumen
+Name[my]=ဖိုင်မြင်ကွင်း
+Name[nb]=Dokumentvisning
+Name[nds]=Dokumentkieker
+Name[ne]=कागजात दृश्यक
+Name[nl]=Documentenviewer
+Name[nn]=Dokumentframsynar
+Name[oc]=Visionador de documents
+Name[or]=ଦଲିଲ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶକ
+Name[pa]=ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਦਰਸ਼ਕ
+Name[pl]=Przeglądarka dokumentów
+Name[ps]=لاسوند ليدانی
+Name[pt]=Visualizador de documento
+Name[pt_BR]=Visualizador de documentos
+Name[ro]=Vizualizator de documente
+Name[ru]=Просмотр документов
+Name[si]=ලේඛන දසුන
+Name[sk]=Prehliadač dokumentov
+Name[sl]=Pregledovalnik dokumentov
+Name[sq]=Shikues dokumentesh
+Name[sr]=Прегледач докумената
+Name[sr@latin]=Pregledač dokumenata
+Name[sv]=Dokumentvisare
+Name[ta]=ஆவண காட்டி
+Name[te]=పత్ర వీక్షకం
+Name[tg]=Муштарии ҳуҷҷат
+Name[th]=โปรแกรมดูเอกสาร
+Name[tr]=Belge Görüntüleyici
+Name[ug]=پۈتۈك كۆرگۈ
+Name[uk]=Переглядач документів
+Name[vi]=Bộ xem tài liệu
+Name[wa]=Håyneu di documints
+Name[zh_CN]=文档查看器
+Name[zh_HK]=文件檢視器
+Name[zh_TW]=文件檢視器
+Name[zu]=Isibuki samadokhumende
+Comment=View multi-page documents
+Comment[af]=Bekyk multibladsydokumente
+Comment[an]=Veyer documentos multipachina
+Comment[ar]=اعرض المستندات متعددة الصفحات
+Comment[as]=বহু-পৃষ্ঠা দস্তাবেজসমূহ দৰ্শন কৰক
+Comment[ast]=Ver documentos multipáxina
+Comment[be]=Прагляд шматаркушных дакументаў
+Comment[bg]=Преглед на документи с много страници
+Comment[bn]=বহুপৃষ্ঠা সম্বলিত নথি প্রদর্শন
+Comment[bn_IN]=একাধিক পৃষ্ঠাবিশিষ্ট ডকুমেন্ট দেখুন
+Comment[bs]=Pregledajte višestranične dokumente
+Comment[ca]=Visualitzeu documents multipàgina
+Comment[ca@valencia]=Visualitzeu documents multipàgina
+Comment[cs]=Zobrazovat dokumenty po více stránkách
+Comment[da]=Vis dokumenter med flere sider
+Comment[de]=Mehrseitige Dokumente anzeigen
+Comment[el]=Προβολή εγγράφων πολλαπλών σελίδων
+Comment[en@shaw]=𐑝𐑿 𐑥𐑩𐑤𐑑𐑰-𐑐𐑱𐑡 𐑛𐑪𐑒𐑿𐑥𐑩𐑯𐑑𐑕
+Comment[en_CA]=View multi-page documents
+Comment[en_GB]=View multi-page documents
+Comment[eo]=Montri mult-paĝajn dokumentojn
+Comment[es]=Vea documentos de varias páginas
+Comment[et]=Mitmeleheküljeliste dokumentide vaatamine
+Comment[eu]=Ikusi orrialde anitzeko dokumentuak
+Comment[fa]=نمایش سندهای چند صفحه‌ای
+Comment[fi]=Katsele monisivuisia asiakirjoja
+Comment[fr]=Afficher des documents multipages
+Comment[fur]=Mostre documents multi-pagjine
+Comment[gd]=Seall sgrìobhainnean le iomadh duilleag
+Comment[gl]=Ver documentos de varias páxinas
+Comment[gu]=ઘણા-પાનાનાં દસ્તાવેજો જુઓ
+Comment[he]=הצגת מסמכים מרובי עמודים
+Comment[hi]=बहु पृष्ठ दस्तावेज देखें
+Comment[hr]=Pregled višestraničnih dokumenata
+Comment[hu]=Többoldalas dokumentumok megjelenítése
+Comment[id]=Lihat dokumen halaman banyak
+Comment[is]=Skoða margsíðna skjöl
+Comment[it]=Visualizza documenti multi-pagina
+Comment[ja]=複数ページのドキュメントを表示します
+Comment[kk]=Көппарақты құжаттарды қарау
+Comment[km]=មើលឯកសារមានច្រើនទំព័រ
+Comment[kn]=ಬಹು-ಪುಟದ ದಸ್ತಾವೇಜನ್ನು ವೀಕ್ಷಿಸು
+Comment[ko]=다중 페이지 문서를 봅니다
+Comment[ku]=Belgeyên pir-rûpelî nîşan bide
+Comment[lt]=Peržiūrėti kelių puslapių dokumentams
+Comment[lv]=Skatīt dokumentus, kas sastāv no vairākām lappusēm
+Comment[mk]=Прегледај документи со повеќе страници
+Comment[ml]=അനവധി പേജുകളുളള രേഖ കാണുക
+Comment[mn]=Олон хуудаст баримт бичиг үзэх
+Comment[mr]=अनेक-पाने दस्तऐवजांचे दृष्य
+Comment[ms]=Paparkan 
+Comment[my]=စာမျက်နှာစုံ ဖိုင်မြင်ကွင်း
+Comment[nb]=Vis dokumenter med mange sider
+Comment[nl]=Documenten weergeven
+Comment[nn]=Vis dokument med mange sider
+Comment[oc]=Afichar de documents multipaginas
+Comment[or]=ଏକାଧିକ ପ୍ରୁଷ୍ଠା ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ଦଲିଲଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଦେଖନ୍ତୁ
+Comment[pa]=ਬਹੁ-ਸਫ਼ਾ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ਾਂ ਨੂੰ ਵੇਖੋ
+Comment[pl]=Wyświetlanie wielostronicowych dokumentów
+Comment[pt]=Ver documentos multipáginas
+Comment[pt_BR]=Visualize documentos de múltiplas páginas
+Comment[ro]=Vizualizați documente cu mai multe pagini
+Comment[ru]=Просмотр многостраничных документов
+Comment[sk]=Prezerá dokumenty s viacerými stránkami
+Comment[sl]=Poglejte večstranske dokumente
+Comment[sr]=Прегледајте вишестраничне документе
+Comment[sr@latin]=Pregledajte višestranične dokumente
+Comment[sv]=Visa dokument med flera sidor
+Comment[ta]=பல பக்க ஆவணங்களை பார்வையிடு
+Comment[te]=బహుళ-పుట పత్రాలను వీక్షించు
+Comment[tg]=Намоиши ҳуҷҷатҳои бисёрсаҳимфагӣ
+Comment[th]=ดูเอกสารแบบหลายหน้า
+Comment[tr]=Çok sayfalı belgeleri göster
+Comment[ug]=كۆپ بەتلىك پۈتۈكلەرنى كۆرۈش
+Comment[uk]=Перегляд багатосторінкових документів
+Comment[vi]=Xem tài liệu nhiều trang
+Comment[zh_CN]=查看多页文档
+Comment[zh_HK]=顯示多頁文件
+Comment[zh_TW]=顯示多頁文件
+Comment[zu]=Buka amadokhumende wamakhasi amaningi
+Keywords=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;document;presentation;
+Keywords[af]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;document;presentation;dokument;voorlegging;aanbieding;
+Keywords[an]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;document;presentation;
+Keywords[ar]=pdf;ps;بوستسكربت;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;مستند;عرض;
+Keywords[as]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;document;presentation;
+Keywords[be]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;дакумент;прэзентацыя;
+Keywords[bg]=документ;презентация;pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;
+Keywords[bn_IN]=pdf;ps;পোস্টস্ক্রীপ্ট;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;নথি;উপস্থাপনা;
+Keywords[bs]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;dokument;presentacija;
+Keywords[ca]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;document;presentació;
+Keywords[ca@valencia]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;document;presentació;
+Keywords[cs]=pdf;ps;postscript;postskript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;dokument;prezentace;
+Keywords[da]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;dokument;præsentation;
+Keywords[de]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;Dokument;Präsentation;
+Keywords[el]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;έγγραφο;παρουσίαση;document;presentation;
+Keywords[en_GB]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;document;presentation;
+Keywords[eo]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;dokumento;prezentaĵo;
+Keywords[es]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;documento;presentación;
+Keywords[et]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;dokument;dokumendid;esitlused;
+Keywords[eu]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;dokumentua;aurkezpena;
+Keywords[fa]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;سند;ارائه;نوشتار;
+Keywords[fi]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;document;presentation;asiakirja;esitys;
+Keywords[fr]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;document;présentation;
+Keywords[fur]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;document;presentazion;
+Keywords[gd]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;document;presentation;sgrìobhainn;taisbeanadh;
+Keywords[gl]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;documento;presentación;
+Keywords[gu]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;દસ્તાવેજ;રજૂઆત;
+Keywords[he]=pdf;ps;פוסטסקריפט;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;מסמך;מצגת;
+Keywords[hi]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;document;presentation;
+Keywords[hr]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;dokument;prezentacija;
+Keywords[hu]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;dokumentum;prezentáció;bemutató;
+Keywords[id]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;dokumen;presentasi;
+Keywords[is]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;skjal;kynning;
+Keywords[it]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;documento;presentazione;
+Keywords[ja]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;document;presentation;ポストスクリプト;ドキュメント;文書;プレゼンテーション;
+Keywords[kk]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;құжат;презентация;
+Keywords[kn]=pdf;ps;ಪೋಸ್ಟ್‍ಸ್ಕ್ರಿಪ್ಟ್‍;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;ದಸ್ತಾವೇಜು;ಪ್ರಸ್ತುತಿ;
+Keywords[ko]=pdf;ps;postscript;포스트스크립트;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;document;문서;presentation;프리젠테이션;
+Keywords[lt]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;dokumentas;pateiktis;prezentacija;
+Keywords[lv]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;dokuments;prezentācija;
+Keywords[ml]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;document;presentation;
+Keywords[mr]=pdf;ps;पोस्टस्क्रिप्ट;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;डॉक्युमेंट;प्रेजेंटेशन;
+Keywords[nb]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;dokument;presentasjon;
+Keywords[nl]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;document;presentation;presentatie;
+Keywords[oc]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;document;presentacion;
+Keywords[or]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;document;presentation;
+Keywords[pa]=ਪੀਡੀਐਫ;ਪੋਸਟਸਕ੍ਰਿਪਟ;ਡੀਵੀਆਈ;ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼;ਪਰਿਜੈਂਟੇਸ਼ਨ;pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;ਡੌਕੂਮੈਂਟ;
+Keywords[pl]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;dokument;prezentacja;
+Keywords[pt]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;documento;apresentação;
+Keywords[pt_BR]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;documento;apresentação;
+Keywords[ro]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;document;presentation;prezentare;
+Keywords[ru]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;документ;презентация;
+Keywords[sk]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;dokument;prezentácia;
+Keywords[sl]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;dokument;predstavitev;
+Keywords[sr]=пдф;пс;пост-скрипт;дви;икспс;дежави;тифф;документ;презентација;приказивање;
+Keywords[sr@latin]=pdf;ps;post-skript;dvi;iksps;dežavi;tiff;dokument;prezentacija;prikazivanje;
+Keywords[sv]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;dokument;presentation;
+Keywords[ta]=பிடிஎஃப்;போஸ்ட்ஸ்க்ரிப்ட்;டிவிஐ;எக்ஸ்பிஎஸ்;டிஃப்;ஆவணம்;முன் வைப்பு;
+Keywords[te]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;document;presentation;
+Keywords[tg]=pdf;ps;хабари тоза;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;ҳуҷҷат;тақдим;
+Keywords[th]=pdf;ps;โพสต์สคริปต์;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;เอกสาร;งานนำเสนอ;
+Keywords[tr]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;belge;sunum;
+Keywords[ug]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;document;presentation;پۈتۈك;سۇنۇلما;
+Keywords[uk]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;документ;презентація;
+Keywords[vi]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;document;tài;liệu;tai;lieu;presentation;trình;diễn;trinh;dien;
+Keywords[zh_CN]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;document;presentation;文档;演示;幻灯;
+Keywords[zh_HK]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;document;presentation;文件;簡報;
+Keywords[zh_TW]=pdf;ps;postscript;dvi;xps;djvu;tiff;document;presentation;文件;簡報;
+TryExec=evince
+Exec=evince %U
+StartupNotify=true
+Terminal=false
+Type=Application
+Icon=evince
+X-GNOME-DocPath=
+X-GNOME-Bugzilla-Bugzilla=GNOME
+X-GNOME-Bugzilla-Product=evince
+X-GNOME-Bugzilla-Component=BugBuddyBugs
+X-GNOME-Bugzilla-Version=3.22.1
+Categories=GNOME;GTK;Office;Viewer;Graphics;2DGraphics;VectorGraphics;
+MimeType=application/pdf;application/x-bzpdf;application/x-gzpdf;application/x-xzpdf;application/x-ext-pdf;application/postscript;application/x-bzpostscript;application/x-gzpostscript;image/x-eps;image/x-bzeps;image/x-gzeps;application/x-ext-ps;application/x-ext-eps;application/x-dvi;application/x-bzdvi;application/x-gzdvi;application/x-ext-dvi;image/vnd.djvu;image/vnd.djvu+multipage;application/x-ext-djv;application/x-ext-djvu;image/tiff;application/x-cbr;application/x-cbz;application/x-cb7;application/x-cbt;application/x-ext-cbr;application/x-ext-cbz;application/vnd.comicbook+zip;application/x-ext-cb7;application/x-ext-cbt;application/oxps;application/vnd.ms-xpsdocument;
--- a/xampp/extra/httpd-autoindex.conf
+++ b/xampp/extra/httpd-autoindex.conf
@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+#
+# Directives controlling the display of server-generated directory listings.
+#
+# Required modules: mod_authz_core, mod_authz_host,
+#                   mod_autoindex, mod_alias
+#
+# To see the listing of a directory, the Options directive for the
+# directory must include "Indexes", and the directory must not contain
+# a file matching those listed in the DirectoryIndex directive.
+#
+
+#
+# IndexOptions: Controls the appearance of server-generated directory
+# listings.
+#
+IndexOptions FancyIndexing HTMLTable VersionSort
+
+# We include the /icons/ alias for FancyIndexed directory listings.  If
+# you do not use FancyIndexing, you may comment this out.
+#
+Alias /icons/ "/opt/lampp/icons/"
+
+<Directory "/opt/lampp/icons">
+    Options Indexes MultiViews
+    AllowOverride None
+    Require all granted
+</Directory>
+
+#
+# AddIcon* directives tell the server which icon to show for different
+# files or filename extensions.  These are only displayed for
+# FancyIndexed directories.
+#
+AddIconByEncoding (CMP,/icons/compressed.gif) x-compress x-gzip
+
+AddIconByType (TXT,/icons/text.gif) text/*
+AddIconByType (IMG,/icons/image2.gif) image/*
+AddIconByType (SND,/icons/sound2.gif) audio/*
+AddIconByType (VID,/icons/movie.gif) video/*
+
+AddIcon /icons/binary.gif .bin .exe
+AddIcon /icons/binhex.gif .hqx
+AddIcon /icons/tar.gif .tar
+AddIcon /icons/world2.gif .wrl .wrl.gz .vrml .vrm .iv
+AddIcon /icons/compressed.gif .Z .z .tgz .gz .zip
+AddIcon /icons/a.gif .ps .ai .eps
+AddIcon /icons/layout.gif .html .shtml .htm .pdf
+AddIcon /icons/text.gif .txt
+AddIcon /icons/c.gif .c
+AddIcon /icons/p.gif .pl .py
+AddIcon /icons/f.gif .for
+AddIcon /icons/dvi.gif .dvi
+AddIcon /icons/uuencoded.gif .uu
+AddIcon /icons/script.gif .conf .sh .shar .csh .ksh .tcl
+AddIcon /icons/tex.gif .tex
+AddIcon /icons/bomb.gif core
+
+AddIcon /icons/back.gif ..
+AddIcon /icons/hand.right.gif README
+AddIcon /icons/folder.gif ^^DIRECTORY^^
+AddIcon /icons/blank.gif ^^BLANKICON^^
+
+#
+# DefaultIcon is which icon to show for files which do not have an icon
+# explicitly set.
+#
+DefaultIcon /icons/unknown.gif
+
+#
+# AddDescription allows you to place a short description after a file in
+# server-generated indexes.  These are only displayed for FancyIndexed
+# directories.
+# Format: AddDescription "description" filename
+#
+#AddDescription "GZIP compressed document" .gz
+#AddDescription "tar archive" .tar
+#AddDescription "GZIP compressed tar archive" .tgz
+
+#
+# ReadmeName is the name of the README file the server will look for by
+# default, and append to directory listings.
+#
+# HeaderName is the name of a file which should be prepended to
+# directory indexes. 
+ReadmeName README.html
+HeaderName HEADER.html
+
+#
+# IndexIgnore is a set of filenames which directory indexing should ignore
+# and not include in the listing.  Shell-style wildcarding is permitted.
+#
+IndexIgnore .??* *~ *# HEADER* README* RCS CVS *,v *,t
+
--- a/xampp/extra/httpd-dav.conf
+++ b/xampp/extra/httpd-dav.conf
@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+#
+# Distributed authoring and versioning (WebDAV)
+#
+# Required modules: mod_alias, mod_auth_digest, mod_authn_core, mod_authn_file,
+#                   mod_authz_core, mod_authz_user, mod_dav, mod_dav_fs,
+#                   mod_setenvif
+
+# The following example gives DAV write access to a directory called
+# "uploads" under the ServerRoot directory.
+#
+# The User/Group specified in httpd.conf needs to have write permissions
+# on the directory where the DavLockDB is placed and on any directory where
+# "Dav On" is specified.
+
+DavLockDB "/opt/lampp/var/DavLock"
+
+Alias /uploads "/opt/lampp/uploads"
+
+<Directory "/opt/lampp/uploads">
+    Dav On
+
+    AuthType Digest
+    AuthName DAV-upload
+    # You can use the htdigest program to create the password database:
+    #   htdigest -c "/opt/lampp/user.passwd" DAV-upload admin
+    AuthUserFile "/opt/lampp/user.passwd"
+    AuthDigestProvider file
+
+    # Allow universal read-access, but writes are restricted
+    # to the admin user.
+    <RequireAny>
+        Require method GET POST OPTIONS
+        Require user admin
+    </RequireAny>
+</Directory>
+
+#
+# The following directives disable redirects on non-GET requests for
+# a directory that does not include the trailing slash.  This fixes a 
+# problem with several clients that do not appropriately handle 
+# redirects for folders with DAV methods.
+#
+BrowserMatch "Microsoft Data Access Internet Publishing Provider" redirect-carefully
+BrowserMatch "MS FrontPage" redirect-carefully
+BrowserMatch "^WebDrive" redirect-carefully
+BrowserMatch "^WebDAVFS/1.[01234]" redirect-carefully
+BrowserMatch "^gnome-vfs/1.0" redirect-carefully
+BrowserMatch "^XML Spy" redirect-carefully
+BrowserMatch "^Dreamweaver-WebDAV-SCM1" redirect-carefully
+BrowserMatch " Konqueror/4" redirect-carefully
--- a/xampp/extra/httpd-default.conf
+++ b/xampp/extra/httpd-default.conf
@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+#
+# This configuration file reflects default settings for Apache HTTP Server.
+#
+# You may change these, but chances are that you may not need to.
+#
+
+#
+# Timeout: The number of seconds before receives and sends time out.
+#
+Timeout 300
+
+#
+# KeepAlive: Whether or not to allow persistent connections (more than
+# one request per connection). Set to "Off" to deactivate.
+#
+KeepAlive On
+
+#
+# MaxKeepAliveRequests: The maximum number of requests to allow
+# during a persistent connection. Set to 0 to allow an unlimited amount.
+# We recommend you leave this number high, for maximum performance.
+#
+MaxKeepAliveRequests 100
+
+#
+# KeepAliveTimeout: Number of seconds to wait for the next request from the
+# same client on the same connection.
+#
+KeepAliveTimeout 5
+
+#
+# UseCanonicalName: Determines how Apache constructs self-referencing 
+# URLs and the SERVER_NAME and SERVER_PORT variables.
+# When set "Off", Apache will use the Hostname and Port supplied
+# by the client.  When set "On", Apache will use the value of the
+# ServerName directive.
+#
+UseCanonicalName Off
+
+#
+# AccessFileName: The name of the file to look for in each directory
+# for additional configuration directives.  See also the AllowOverride 
+# directive.
+#
+AccessFileName .htaccess
+
+#
+# ServerTokens
+# This directive configures what you return as the Server HTTP response
+# Header. The default is 'Full' which sends information about the OS-Type
+# and compiled in modules.
+# Set to one of:  Full | OS | Minor | Minimal | Major | Prod
+# where Full conveys the most information, and Prod the least.
+#
+ServerTokens Full
+
+#
+# Optionally add a line containing the server version and virtual host
+# name to server-generated pages (internal error documents, FTP directory 
+# listings, mod_status and mod_info output etc., but not CGI generated 
+# documents or custom error documents).
+# Set to "EMail" to also include a mailto: link to the ServerAdmin.
+# Set to one of:  On | Off | EMail
+#
+ServerSignature Off
+
+#
+# HostnameLookups: Log the names of clients or just their IP addresses
+# e.g., www.apache.org (on) or 204.62.129.132 (off).
+# The default is off because it'd be overall better for the net if people
+# had to knowingly turn this feature on, since enabling it means that
+# each client request will result in AT LEAST one lookup request to the
+# nameserver.
+#
+HostnameLookups Off
+
+#
+# Set a timeout for how long the client may take to send the request header
+# and body.
+# The default for the headers is header=20-40,MinRate=500, which means wait
+# for the first byte of headers for 20 seconds. If some data arrives,
+# increase the timeout corresponding to a data rate of 500 bytes/s, but not
+# above 40 seconds.
+# The default for the request body is body=20,MinRate=500, which is the same
+# but has no upper limit for the timeout.
+# To disable, set to header=0 body=0
+#
+<IfModule reqtimeout_module>
+  RequestReadTimeout header=20-40,MinRate=500 body=20,MinRate=500
+</IfModule>
--- a/xampp/extra/httpd-info.conf
+++ b/xampp/extra/httpd-info.conf
@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+#
+# Get information about the requests being processed by the server
+# and the configuration of the server.
+#
+# Required modules: mod_authz_core, mod_authz_host,
+#                   mod_info (for the server-info handler),
+#                   mod_status (for the server-status handler)
+
+#
+# Allow server status reports generated by mod_status,
+# with the URL of http://servername/server-status
+# Change the ".example.com" to match your domain to enable.
+
+<Location /server-status>
+    SetHandler server-status
+    Require host .example.com
+    Require ip 127
+</Location>
+
+#
+# ExtendedStatus controls whether Apache will generate "full" status
+# information (ExtendedStatus On) or just basic information (ExtendedStatus
+# Off) when the "server-status" handler is called. The default is Off.
+#
+#ExtendedStatus On
+
+#
+# Allow remote server configuration reports, with the URL of
+#  http://servername/server-info (requires that mod_info.c be loaded).
+# Change the ".example.com" to match your domain to enable.
+#
+<Location /server-info>
+    SetHandler server-info
+    Require host .example.com
+    Require ip 127
+</Location>
--- a/xampp/extra/httpd-languages.conf
+++ b/xampp/extra/httpd-languages.conf
@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+#
+# Settings for hosting different languages.
+#
+# Required modules: mod_mime, mod_negotiation
+
+# DefaultLanguage and AddLanguage allows you to specify the language of 
+# a document. You can then use content negotiation to give a browser a 
+# file in a language the user can understand.
+#
+# Specify a default language. This means that all data
+# going out without a specific language tag (see below) will 
+# be marked with this one. You probably do NOT want to set
+# this unless you are sure it is correct for all cases.
+#
+# * It is generally better to not mark a page as 
+# * being a certain language than marking it with the wrong
+# * language!
+#
+# DefaultLanguage nl
+#
+# Note 1: The suffix does not have to be the same as the language
+# keyword --- those with documents in Polish (whose net-standard
+# language code is pl) may wish to use "AddLanguage pl .po" to
+# avoid the ambiguity with the common suffix for perl scripts.
+#
+# Note 2: The example entries below illustrate that in some cases 
+# the two character 'Language' abbreviation is not identical to 
+# the two character 'Country' code for its country,
+# E.g. 'Danmark/dk' versus 'Danish/da'.
+#
+# Note 3: In the case of 'ltz' we violate the RFC by using a three char
+# specifier. There is 'work in progress' to fix this and get
+# the reference data for rfc1766 cleaned up.
+#
+# Catalan (ca) - Croatian (hr) - Czech (cs) - Danish (da) - Dutch (nl)
+# English (en) - Esperanto (eo) - Estonian (et) - French (fr) - German (de)
+# Greek-Modern (el) - Hebrew (he) - Italian (it) - Japanese (ja)
+# Korean (ko) - Luxembourgeois* (ltz) - Norwegian Nynorsk (nn)
+# Norwegian (no) - Polish (pl) - Portugese (pt)
+# Brazilian Portuguese (pt-BR) - Russian (ru) - Swedish (sv)
+# Turkish (tr) - Simplified Chinese (zh-CN) - Spanish (es)
+# Traditional Chinese (zh-TW)
+#
+AddLanguage ca .ca
+AddLanguage cs .cz .cs
+AddLanguage da .dk
+AddLanguage de .de
+AddLanguage el .el
+AddLanguage en .en
+AddLanguage eo .eo
+AddLanguage es .es
+AddLanguage et .et
+AddLanguage fr .fr
+AddLanguage he .he
+AddLanguage hr .hr
+AddLanguage it .it
+AddLanguage ja .ja
+AddLanguage ko .ko
+AddLanguage ltz .ltz
+AddLanguage nl .nl
+AddLanguage nn .nn
+AddLanguage no .no
+AddLanguage pl .po
+AddLanguage pt .pt
+AddLanguage pt-BR .pt-br
+AddLanguage ru .ru
+AddLanguage sv .sv
+AddLanguage tr .tr
+AddLanguage zh-CN .zh-cn
+AddLanguage zh-TW .zh-tw
+
+# LanguagePriority allows you to give precedence to some languages
+# in case of a tie during content negotiation.
+#
+# Just list the languages in decreasing order of preference. We have
+# more or less alphabetized them here. You probably want to change this.
+#
+LanguagePriority en ca cs da de el eo es et fr he hr it ja ko ltz nl nn no pl pt pt-BR ru sv tr zh-CN zh-TW
+
+#
+# ForceLanguagePriority allows you to serve a result page rather than
+# MULTIPLE CHOICES (Prefer) [in case of a tie] or NOT ACCEPTABLE (Fallback)
+# [in case no accepted languages matched the available variants]
+#
+ForceLanguagePriority Prefer Fallback
+
+#
+# Commonly used filename extensions to character sets. You probably
+# want to avoid clashes with the language extensions, unless you
+# are good at carefully testing your setup after each change.
+# See http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets for the
+# official list of charset names and their respective RFCs.
+#
+AddCharset us-ascii.ascii .us-ascii
+AddCharset ISO-8859-1  .iso8859-1  .latin1
+AddCharset ISO-8859-2  .iso8859-2  .latin2 .cen
+AddCharset ISO-8859-3  .iso8859-3  .latin3
+AddCharset ISO-8859-4  .iso8859-4  .latin4
+AddCharset ISO-8859-5  .iso8859-5  .cyr .iso-ru
+AddCharset ISO-8859-6  .iso8859-6  .arb .arabic
+AddCharset ISO-8859-7  .iso8859-7  .grk .greek
+AddCharset ISO-8859-8  .iso8859-8  .heb .hebrew
+AddCharset ISO-8859-9  .iso8859-9  .latin5 .trk
+AddCharset ISO-8859-10  .iso8859-10  .latin6
+AddCharset ISO-8859-13  .iso8859-13
+AddCharset ISO-8859-14  .iso8859-14  .latin8
+AddCharset ISO-8859-15  .iso8859-15  .latin9
+AddCharset ISO-8859-16  .iso8859-16  .latin10
+AddCharset ISO-2022-JP .iso2022-jp .jis
+AddCharset ISO-2022-KR .iso2022-kr .kis
+AddCharset ISO-2022-CN .iso2022-cn .cis
+AddCharset Big5.Big5   .big5 .b5
+AddCharset cn-Big5 .cn-big5
+# For russian, more than one charset is used (depends on client, mostly):
+AddCharset WINDOWS-1251 .cp-1251   .win-1251
+AddCharset CP866   .cp866
+AddCharset KOI8  .koi8
+AddCharset KOI8-E  .koi8-e
+AddCharset KOI8-r  .koi8-r .koi8-ru
+AddCharset KOI8-U  .koi8-u
+AddCharset KOI8-ru .koi8-uk .ua
+AddCharset ISO-10646-UCS-2 .ucs2
+AddCharset ISO-10646-UCS-4 .ucs4
+AddCharset UTF-7   .utf7
+AddCharset UTF-8   .utf8
+AddCharset UTF-16  .utf16
+AddCharset UTF-16BE .utf16be
+AddCharset UTF-16LE .utf16le
+AddCharset UTF-32  .utf32
+AddCharset UTF-32BE .utf32be
+AddCharset UTF-32LE .utf32le
+AddCharset euc-cn  .euc-cn
+AddCharset euc-gb  .euc-gb
+AddCharset euc-jp  .euc-jp
+AddCharset euc-kr  .euc-kr
+#Not sure how euc-tw got in - IANA doesn't list it???
+AddCharset EUC-TW  .euc-tw
+AddCharset gb2312  .gb2312 .gb
+AddCharset iso-10646-ucs-2 .ucs-2 .iso-10646-ucs-2
+AddCharset iso-10646-ucs-4 .ucs-4 .iso-10646-ucs-4
+AddCharset shift_jis   .shift_jis .sjis
--- a/xampp/extra/httpd-manual.conf
+++ b/xampp/extra/httpd-manual.conf
@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+#
+# Provide access to the documentation on your server as
+#  http://yourserver.example.com/manual/
+# The documentation is always available at
+#  http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.4/
+#
+# Required modules: mod_alias, mod_authz_core, mod_authz_host,
+#                   mod_setenvif, mod_negotiation
+#
+
+AliasMatch ^/manual(?:/(?:da|de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br|ru|tr|zh-cn))?(/.*)?$ "/opt/lampp/manual$1"
+
+<Directory "/opt/lampp/manual">
+    Options Indexes
+    AllowOverride None
+    Require all granted
+
+    <Files *.html>
+        SetHandler type-map
+    </Files>
+    # .tr is text/troff in mime.types!
+    <Files *.html.tr.utf8>
+        ForceType "text/html; charset=utf-8"
+    </Files>
+
+    AddLanguage da .da
+
+    SetEnvIf Request_URI ^/manual/(da|de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br|ru|tr|zh-cn)/ prefer-language=$1
+    RedirectMatch 301 ^/manual(?:/(da|de|en|es|fr|ja|ko|pt-br|ru|tr|zh-cn)){2,}(/.*)?$ /manual/$1$2
+
+    LanguagePriority en da de es fr ja ko pt-br ru tr
+    ForceLanguagePriority Prefer Fallback
+</Directory>
--- a/xampp/extra/httpd-mpm.conf
+++ b/xampp/extra/httpd-mpm.conf
@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+#
+# Server-Pool Management (MPM specific)
+# 
+
+#
+# PidFile: The file in which the server should record its process
+# identification number when it starts.
+#
+# Note that this is the default PidFile for most MPMs.
+#
+<IfModule !mpm_netware_module>
+    PidFile "logs/httpd.pid"
+</IfModule>
+
+#
+# Only one of the below sections will be relevant on your
+# installed httpd.  Use "apachectl -l" to find out the
+# active mpm.
+#
+
+# prefork MPM
+# StartServers: number of server processes to start
+# MinSpareServers: minimum number of server processes which are kept spare
+# MaxSpareServers: maximum number of server processes which are kept spare
+# MaxRequestWorkers: maximum number of server processes allowed to start
+# MaxConnectionsPerChild: maximum number of connections a server process serves
+#                         before terminating
+<IfModule mpm_prefork_module>
+    StartServers             5
+    MinSpareServers          5
+    MaxSpareServers         10
+    MaxRequestWorkers      150
+    MaxConnectionsPerChild   0
+</IfModule>
+
+# worker MPM
+# StartServers: initial number of server processes to start
+# MinSpareThreads: minimum number of worker threads which are kept spare
+# MaxSpareThreads: maximum number of worker threads which are kept spare
+# ThreadsPerChild: constant number of worker threads in each server process
+# MaxRequestWorkers: maximum number of worker threads
+# MaxConnectionsPerChild: maximum number of connections a server process serves
+#                         before terminating
+<IfModule mpm_worker_module>
+    StartServers             2
+    MinSpareThreads         25
+    MaxSpareThreads         75 
+    ThreadsPerChild         25
+    MaxRequestWorkers      150
+    MaxConnectionsPerChild   0
+</IfModule>
+
+# event MPM
+# StartServers: initial number of server processes to start
+# MinSpareThreads: minimum number of worker threads which are kept spare
+# MaxSpareThreads: maximum number of worker threads which are kept spare
+# ThreadsPerChild: constant number of worker threads in each server process
+# MaxRequestWorkers: maximum number of worker threads
+# MaxConnectionsPerChild: maximum number of connections a server process serves
+#                         before terminating
+<IfModule mpm_event_module>
+    StartServers             2
+    MinSpareThreads         25
+    MaxSpareThreads         75
+    ThreadsPerChild         25
+    MaxRequestWorkers      150
+    MaxConnectionsPerChild   0
+</IfModule>
+
+# NetWare MPM
+# ThreadStackSize: Stack size allocated for each worker thread
+# StartThreads: Number of worker threads launched at server startup
+# MinSpareThreads: Minimum number of idle threads, to handle request spikes
+# MaxSpareThreads: Maximum number of idle threads
+# MaxThreads: Maximum number of worker threads alive at the same time
+# MaxConnectionsPerChild: Maximum  number of connections a thread serves. It
+#                         is recommended that the default value of 0 be set
+#                         for this directive on NetWare.  This will allow the
+#                         thread to continue to service requests indefinitely.
+<IfModule mpm_netware_module>
+    ThreadStackSize      65536
+    StartThreads           250
+    MinSpareThreads         25
+    MaxSpareThreads        250
+    MaxThreads            1000
+    MaxConnectionsPerChild   0
+</IfModule>
+
+# OS/2 MPM
+# StartServers: Number of server processes to maintain
+# MinSpareThreads: Minimum number of idle threads per process, 
+#                  to handle request spikes
+# MaxSpareThreads: Maximum number of idle threads per process
+# MaxConnectionsPerChild: Maximum number of connections per server process
+<IfModule mpm_mpmt_os2_module>
+    StartServers             2
+    MinSpareThreads          5
+    MaxSpareThreads         10
+    MaxConnectionsPerChild   0
+</IfModule>
+
+# WinNT MPM
+# ThreadsPerChild: constant number of worker threads in the server process
+# MaxConnectionsPerChild: maximum number of connections a server process serves
+<IfModule mpm_winnt_module>
+    ThreadsPerChild        150
+    MaxConnectionsPerChild   0
+</IfModule>
+
+# The maximum number of free Kbytes that every allocator is allowed
+# to hold without calling free(). In threaded MPMs, every thread has its own
+# allocator. When not set, or when set to zero, the threshold will be set to
+# unlimited.
+<IfModule !mpm_netware_module>
+    MaxMemFree            2048
+</IfModule>
+<IfModule mpm_netware_module>
+    MaxMemFree             100
+</IfModule>
--- a/xampp/extra/httpd-multilang-errordoc.conf
+++ b/xampp/extra/httpd-multilang-errordoc.conf
@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+#
+# The configuration below implements multi-language error documents through
+# content-negotiation.
+#
+# Required modules: mod_alias, mod_authz_core, mod_authz_host,
+#                   mod_include, mod_negotiation
+#
+# We use Alias to redirect any /error/HTTP_<error>.html.var response to
+# our collection of by-error message multi-language collections.  We use 
+# includes to substitute the appropriate text.
+#
+# You can modify the messages' appearance without changing any of the
+# default HTTP_<error>.html.var files by adding the line:
+#
+#   Alias /error/include/ "/your/include/path/"
+#
+# which allows you to create your own set of files by starting with the
+# /opt/lampp/error/include/ files and copying them to /your/include/path/, 
+# even on a per-VirtualHost basis.  The default include files will display
+# your Apache version number and your ServerAdmin email address regardless
+# of the setting of ServerSignature.
+
+Alias /error/ "/opt/lampp/error/"
+
+<Directory "/opt/lampp/error">
+    AllowOverride None
+    Options IncludesNoExec
+    AddOutputFilter Includes html
+    AddHandler type-map var
+    Require all granted
+    LanguagePriority en cs de es fr it ja ko nl pl pt-br ro sv tr
+    ForceLanguagePriority Prefer Fallback
+</Directory>
+
+ErrorDocument 400 /error/HTTP_BAD_REQUEST.html.var
+ErrorDocument 401 /error/HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED.html.var
+ErrorDocument 403 /error/HTTP_FORBIDDEN.html.var
+ErrorDocument 404 /error/HTTP_NOT_FOUND.html.var
+ErrorDocument 405 /error/HTTP_METHOD_NOT_ALLOWED.html.var
+ErrorDocument 408 /error/HTTP_REQUEST_TIME_OUT.html.var
+ErrorDocument 410 /error/HTTP_GONE.html.var
+ErrorDocument 411 /error/HTTP_LENGTH_REQUIRED.html.var
+ErrorDocument 412 /error/HTTP_PRECONDITION_FAILED.html.var
+ErrorDocument 413 /error/HTTP_REQUEST_ENTITY_TOO_LARGE.html.var
+ErrorDocument 414 /error/HTTP_REQUEST_URI_TOO_LARGE.html.var
+ErrorDocument 415 /error/HTTP_UNSUPPORTED_MEDIA_TYPE.html.var
+ErrorDocument 500 /error/HTTP_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR.html.var
+ErrorDocument 501 /error/HTTP_NOT_IMPLEMENTED.html.var
+ErrorDocument 502 /error/HTTP_BAD_GATEWAY.html.var
+ErrorDocument 503 /error/HTTP_SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE.html.var
+ErrorDocument 506 /error/HTTP_VARIANT_ALSO_VARIES.html.var
+
--- a/xampp/extra/httpd-ssl.conf
+++ b/xampp/extra/httpd-ssl.conf
@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+#
+# This is the Apache server configuration file providing SSL support.
+# It contains the configuration directives to instruct the server how to
+# serve pages over an https connection. For detailed information about these 
+# directives see <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/trunk/mod/mod_ssl.html>
+# 
+# Do NOT simply read the instructions in here without understanding
+# what they do.  They're here only as hints or reminders.  If you are unsure
+# consult the online docs. You have been warned.  
+#
+# Required modules: mod_log_config, mod_setenvif, mod_ssl,
+#          socache_shmcb_module (for default value of SSLSessionCache)
+
+#
+# Pseudo Random Number Generator (PRNG):
+# Configure one or more sources to seed the PRNG of the SSL library.
+# The seed data should be of good random quality.
+# WARNING! On some platforms /dev/random blocks if not enough entropy
+# is available. This means you then cannot use the /dev/random device
+# because it would lead to very long connection times (as long as
+# it requires to make more entropy available). But usually those
+# platforms additionally provide a /dev/urandom device which doesn't
+# block. So, if available, use this one instead. Read the mod_ssl User
+# Manual for more details.
+#
+#SSLRandomSeed startup file:/dev/random  512
+#SSLRandomSeed startup file:/dev/urandom 512
+#SSLRandomSeed connect file:/dev/random  512
+#SSLRandomSeed connect file:/dev/urandom 512
+
+
+#
+# When we also provide SSL we have to listen to the 
+# standard HTTP port (see above) and to the HTTPS port
+#
+# Note: Configurations that use IPv6 but not IPv4-mapped addresses need two
+#       Listen directives: "Listen [::]:443" and "Listen 0.0.0.0:443"
+#
+Listen 443
+
+##
+##  SSL Global Context
+##
+##  All SSL configuration in this context applies both to
+##  the main server and all SSL-enabled virtual hosts.
+##
+
+#   SSL Cipher Suite:
+#   List the ciphers that the client is permitted to negotiate.
+#   See the mod_ssl documentation for a complete list.
+SSLCipherSuite HIGH:MEDIUM:!aNULL:!MD5
+
+#   Speed-optimized SSL Cipher configuration:
+#   If speed is your main concern (on busy HTTPS servers e.g.),
+#   you might want to force clients to specific, performance
+#   optimized ciphers. In this case, prepend those ciphers
+#   to the SSLCipherSuite list, and enable SSLHonorCipherOrder.
+#   Caveat: by giving precedence to RC4-SHA and AES128-SHA
+#   (as in the example below), most connections will no longer
+#   have perfect forward secrecy - if the server's key is
+#   compromised, captures of past or future traffic must be
+#   considered compromised, too.
+#SSLCipherSuite RC4-SHA:AES128-SHA:HIGH:MEDIUM:!aNULL:!MD5
+#SSLHonorCipherOrder on 
+
+#   Pass Phrase Dialog:
+#   Configure the pass phrase gathering process.
+#   The filtering dialog program (`builtin' is an internal
+#   terminal dialog) has to provide the pass phrase on stdout.
+SSLPassPhraseDialog  builtin
+
+#   Inter-Process Session Cache:
+#   Configure the SSL Session Cache: First the mechanism 
+#   to use and second the expiring timeout (in seconds).
+#SSLSessionCache         "dbm:/opt/lampp/logs/ssl_scache"
+SSLSessionCache        "shmcb:/opt/lampp/logs/ssl_scache(512000)"
+SSLSessionCacheTimeout  300
+
+##
+## SSL Virtual Host Context
+##
+
+<VirtualHost _default_:443>
+
+#   General setup for the virtual host
+DocumentRoot "/opt/lampp/htdocs"
+ServerName www.example.com:443
+ServerAdmin you@example.com
+ErrorLog "/opt/lampp/logs/error_log"
+TransferLog "/opt/lampp/logs/access_log"
+
+#   SSL Engine Switch:
+#   Enable/Disable SSL for this virtual host.
+SSLEngine on
+
+#   Server Certificate:
+#   Point SSLCertificateFile at a PEM encoded certificate.  If
+#   the certificate is encrypted, then you will be prompted for a
+#   pass phrase.  Note that a kill -HUP will prompt again.  Keep
+#   in mind that if you have both an RSA and a DSA certificate you
+#   can configure both in parallel (to also allow the use of DSA
+#   ciphers, etc.)
+#   Some ECC cipher suites (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4492.txt)
+#   require an ECC certificate which can also be configured in
+#   parallel.
+SSLCertificateFile "/opt/lampp/etc/ssl.crt/server.crt"
+#SSLCertificateFile "/opt/lampp/etc/server-dsa.crt"
+#SSLCertificateFile "/opt/lampp/etc/server-ecc.crt"
+
+#   Server Private Key:
+#   If the key is not combined with the certificate, use this
+#   directive to point at the key file.  Keep in mind that if
+#   you've both a RSA and a DSA private key you can configure
+#   both in parallel (to also allow the use of DSA ciphers, etc.)
+#   ECC keys, when in use, can also be configured in parallel
+SSLCertificateKeyFile "/opt/lampp/etc/ssl.key/server.key"
+#SSLCertificateKeyFile "/opt/lampp/etc/server-dsa.key"
+#SSLCertificateKeyFile "/opt/lampp/etc/server-ecc.key"
+
+#   Server Certificate Chain:
+#   Point SSLCertificateChainFile at a file containing the
+#   concatenation of PEM encoded CA certificates which form the
+#   certificate chain for the server certificate. Alternatively
+#   the referenced file can be the same as SSLCertificateFile
+#   when the CA certificates are directly appended to the server
+#   certificate for convenience.
+#SSLCertificateChainFile "/opt/lampp/etc/server-ca.crt"
+
+#   Certificate Authority (CA):
+#   Set the CA certificate verification path where to find CA
+#   certificates for client authentication or alternatively one
+#   huge file containing all of them (file must be PEM encoded)
+#   Note: Inside SSLCACertificatePath you need hash symlinks
+#         to point to the certificate files. Use the provided
+#         Makefile to update the hash symlinks after changes.
+#SSLCACertificatePath "/opt/lampp/etc/ssl.crt"
+#SSLCACertificateFile "/opt/lampp/etc/ssl.crt/ca-bundle.crt"
+
+#   Certificate Revocation Lists (CRL):
+#   Set the CA revocation path where to find CA CRLs for client
+#   authentication or alternatively one huge file containing all
+#   of them (file must be PEM encoded).
+#   The CRL checking mode needs to be configured explicitly
+#   through SSLCARevocationCheck (defaults to "none" otherwise).
+#   Note: Inside SSLCARevocationPath you need hash symlinks
+#         to point to the certificate files. Use the provided
+#         Makefile to update the hash symlinks after changes.
+#SSLCARevocationPath "/opt/lampp/etc/ssl.crl"
+#SSLCARevocationFile "/opt/lampp/etc/ssl.crl/ca-bundle.crl"
+#SSLCARevocationCheck chain
+
+#   Client Authentication (Type):
+#   Client certificate verification type and depth.  Types are
+#   none, optional, require and optional_no_ca.  Depth is a
+#   number which specifies how deeply to verify the certificate
+#   issuer chain before deciding the certificate is not valid.
+#SSLVerifyClient require
+#SSLVerifyDepth  10
+
+#   Access Control:
+#   With SSLRequire you can do per-directory access control based
+#   on arbitrary complex boolean expressions containing server
+#   variable checks and other lookup directives.  The syntax is a
+#   mixture between C and Perl.  See the mod_ssl documentation
+#   for more details.
+#<Location />
+#SSLRequire (    %{SSL_CIPHER} !~ m/^(EXP|NULL)/ \
+#            and %{SSL_CLIENT_S_DN_O} eq "Snake Oil, Ltd." \
+#            and %{SSL_CLIENT_S_DN_OU} in {"Staff", "CA", "Dev"} \
+#            and %{TIME_WDAY} >= 1 and %{TIME_WDAY} <= 5 \
+#            and %{TIME_HOUR} >= 8 and %{TIME_HOUR} <= 20       ) \
+#           or %{REMOTE_ADDR} =~ m/^192\.76\.162\.[0-9]+$/
+#</Location>
+
+#   SSL Engine Options:
+#   Set various options for the SSL engine.
+#   o FakeBasicAuth:
+#     Translate the client X.509 into a Basic Authorisation.  This means that
+#     the standard Auth/DBMAuth methods can be used for access control.  The
+#     user name is the `one line' version of the client's X.509 certificate.
+#     Note that no password is obtained from the user. Every entry in the user
+#     file needs this password: `xxj31ZMTZzkVA'.
+#   o ExportCertData:
+#     This exports two additional environment variables: SSL_CLIENT_CERT and
+#     SSL_SERVER_CERT. These contain the PEM-encoded certificates of the
+#     server (always existing) and the client (only existing when client
+#     authentication is used). This can be used to import the certificates
+#     into CGI scripts.
+#   o StdEnvVars:
+#     This exports the standard SSL/TLS related `SSL_*' environment variables.
+#     Per default this exportation is switched off for performance reasons,
+#     because the extraction step is an expensive operation and is usually
+#     useless for serving static content. So one usually enables the
+#     exportation for CGI and SSI requests only.
+#   o StrictRequire:
+#     This denies access when "SSLRequireSSL" or "SSLRequire" applied even
+#     under a "Satisfy any" situation, i.e. when it applies access is denied
+#     and no other module can change it.
+#   o OptRenegotiate:
+#     This enables optimized SSL connection renegotiation handling when SSL
+#     directives are used in per-directory context. 
+#SSLOptions +FakeBasicAuth +ExportCertData +StrictRequire
+<FilesMatch "\.(cgi|shtml|phtml|php)$">
+    SSLOptions +StdEnvVars
+</FilesMatch>
+<Directory "/opt/lampp/cgi-bin">
+    SSLOptions +StdEnvVars
+</Directory>
+
+#   SSL Protocol Adjustments:
+#   The safe and default but still SSL/TLS standard compliant shutdown
+#   approach is that mod_ssl sends the close notify alert but doesn't wait for
+#   the close notify alert from client. When you need a different shutdown
+#   approach you can use one of the following variables:
+#   o ssl-unclean-shutdown:
+#     This forces an unclean shutdown when the connection is closed, i.e. no
+#     SSL close notify alert is sent or allowed to be received.  This violates
+#     the SSL/TLS standard but is needed for some brain-dead browsers. Use
+#     this when you receive I/O errors because of the standard approach where
+#     mod_ssl sends the close notify alert.
+#   o ssl-accurate-shutdown:
+#     This forces an accurate shutdown when the connection is closed, i.e. a
+#     SSL close notify alert is send and mod_ssl waits for the close notify
+#     alert of the client. This is 100% SSL/TLS standard compliant, but in
+#     practice often causes hanging connections with brain-dead browsers. Use
+#     this only for browsers where you know that their SSL implementation
+#     works correctly. 
+#   Notice: Most problems of broken clients are also related to the HTTP
+#   keep-alive facility, so you usually additionally want to disable
+#   keep-alive for those clients, too. Use variable "nokeepalive" for this.
+#   Similarly, one has to force some clients to use HTTP/1.0 to workaround
+#   their broken HTTP/1.1 implementation. Use variables "downgrade-1.0" and
+#   "force-response-1.0" for this.
+BrowserMatch "MSIE [2-5]" \
+         nokeepalive ssl-unclean-shutdown \
+         downgrade-1.0 force-response-1.0
+
+#   Per-Server Logging:
+#   The home of a custom SSL log file. Use this when you want a
+#   compact non-error SSL logfile on a virtual host basis.
+CustomLog "/opt/lampp/logs/ssl_request_log" \
+          "%t %h %{SSL_PROTOCOL}x %{SSL_CIPHER}x \"%r\" %b"
+
+</VirtualHost>                                  
--- a/xampp/extra/httpd-userdir.conf
+++ b/xampp/extra/httpd-userdir.conf
@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+# Settings for user home directories
+#
+# Required module: mod_authz_core, mod_authz_host, mod_userdir
+
+#
+# UserDir: The name of the directory that is appended onto a user's home
+# directory if a ~user request is received.  Note that you must also set
+# the default access control for these directories, as in the example below.
+#
+#UserDir Sites
+
+#
+# Control access to UserDir directories.  The following is an example
+# for a site where these directories are restricted to read-only.
+#
+<Directory "/home/*/Sites">
+    AllowOverride FileInfo AuthConfig Limit Indexes
+    Options MultiViews Indexes SymLinksIfOwnerMatch IncludesNoExec
+    Require method GET POST OPTIONS
+</Directory>
+
--- a/xampp/extra/httpd-vhosts.conf
+++ b/xampp/extra/httpd-vhosts.conf
@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+# Virtual Hosts
+#
+# Required modules: mod_log_config
+
+# If you want to maintain multiple domains/hostnames on your
+# machine you can setup VirtualHost containers for them. Most configurations
+# use only name-based virtual hosts so the server doesn't need to worry about
+# IP addresses. This is indicated by the asterisks in the directives below.
+#
+# Please see the documentation at 
+# <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.4/vhosts/>
+# for further details before you try to setup virtual hosts.
+#
+# You may use the command line option '-S' to verify your virtual host
+# configuration.
+
+#
+# VirtualHost example:
+# Almost any Apache directive may go into a VirtualHost container.
+# The first VirtualHost section is used for all requests that do not
+# match a ServerName or ServerAlias in any <VirtualHost> block.
+#
+<VirtualHost *:80>
+    ServerName test.local
+    ServerAlias *.local
+    VirtualDocumentRoot /home/jonathan/Sites/%-2/public_html
+    CustomLog /home/jonathan/Sites/access.log vhost_combined
+    ErrorLog /home/jonathan/Sites/error.log
+</VirtualHost>
+
--- a/xampp/extra/httpd-xampp.conf
+++ b/xampp/extra/httpd-xampp.conf
@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+#<IfDefine PHP4>
+#LoadModule php4_module        modules/libphp4.so
+#</IfDefine>
+#<IfDefine PHP7>
+#LoadModule php7_module        modules/libphp7.so
+#</IfDefine>
+
+# We will enable it by default
+#<IfDefine PHP>
+   LoadModule php7_module        modules/libphp7.so
+#</IfDefine>
+
+LoadModule perl_module        modules/mod_perl.so
+
+Alias /phpmyadmin "/opt/lampp/phpmyadmin"
+Alias /phpsqliteadmin "/opt/lampp/phpsqliteadmin"
+
+# since XAMPP 1.4.3
+<Directory "/opt/lampp/phpmyadmin">
+    AllowOverride AuthConfig Limit
+    Require local
+    ErrorDocument 403 /error/XAMPP_FORBIDDEN.html.var
+</Directory>
+
+<Directory "/opt/lampp/phpsqliteadmin">
+    AllowOverride AuthConfig Limit
+    Require local
+    ErrorDocument 403 /error/XAMPP_FORBIDDEN.html.var
+</Directory>
+
+# since LAMPP 1.0RC1
+AddType application/x-httpd-php .php .php3 .php4
+
+XBitHack on
+
+# since 0.9.8 we've mod_perl
+<IfModule mod_perl.c>
+        AddHandler perl-script .pl
+	PerlHandler ModPerl::PerlRunPrefork
+	PerlOptions +ParseHeaders
+        PerlSendHeader On
+</IfModule>
+
+# demo for mod_perl responsehandler
+#PerlModule Apache::CurrentTime
+#<Location /time>
+#      SetHandler modperl
+#      PerlResponseHandler Apache::CurrentTime
+#</Location>
+
+# AcceptMutex sysvsem is default but on some systems we need this
+# thanks to jeff ort for this hint
+#AcceptMutex flock
+#LockFile /opt/lampp/logs/accept.lock
+
+# this makes mod_dbd happy - oswald, 02aug06
+# mod_dbd doesn't work in Apache 2.2.3: getting always heaps of "glibc detected *** corrupted double-linked list" on shutdown - oswald, 10sep06
+#DBDriver sqlite3
--- a/xampp/extra/proxy-html.conf
+++ b/xampp/extra/proxy-html.conf
@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+# Configuration example.
+#
+# For detailed information about these directives see
+# <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.4/mod/mod_proxy_html.html>
+# and for mod_xml2enc see
+# <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.4/mod/mod_xml2enc.html>
+#
+# First, to load the module with its prerequisites.  Note: mod_xml2enc
+# is not always necessary, but without it mod_proxy_html is likely to
+# mangle pages in encodings other than ASCII or Unicode (utf-8).
+#
+# For Unix-family systems:
+# LoadFile	/usr/lib/libxml2.so
+# LoadModule	proxy_html_module	modules/mod_proxy_html.so
+# LoadModule	xml2enc_module		modules/mod_xml2enc.so
+#
+# For Windows (I don't know if there's a standard path for the libraries)
+# LoadFile	C:/path/zlib.dll
+# LoadFile	C:/path/iconv.dll
+# LoadFile	C:/path/libxml2.dll
+# LoadModule	proxy_html_module	modules/mod_proxy_html.so
+# LoadModule	xml2enc_module		modules/mod_xml2enc.so
+# 
+# All knowledge of HTML links has been removed from the mod_proxy_html
+# code itself, and is instead read from httpd.conf (or included file)
+# at server startup.  So you MUST declare it.  This will normally be
+# at top level, but can also be used in a <Location>.
+#
+# Here's the declaration for W3C HTML 4.01 and XHTML 1.0
+
+ProxyHTMLLinks	a		href
+ProxyHTMLLinks	area		href
+ProxyHTMLLinks	link		href
+ProxyHTMLLinks	img		src longdesc usemap
+ProxyHTMLLinks	object		classid codebase data usemap
+ProxyHTMLLinks	q		cite
+ProxyHTMLLinks	blockquote	cite
+ProxyHTMLLinks	ins		cite
+ProxyHTMLLinks	del		cite
+ProxyHTMLLinks	form		action
+ProxyHTMLLinks	input		src usemap
+ProxyHTMLLinks	head		profile
+ProxyHTMLLinks	base		href
+ProxyHTMLLinks	script		src for
+
+# To support scripting events (with ProxyHTMLExtended On),
+# you'll need to declare them too.
+
+ProxyHTMLEvents	onclick ondblclick onmousedown onmouseup \
+		onmouseover onmousemove onmouseout onkeypress \
+		onkeydown onkeyup onfocus onblur onload \
+		onunload onsubmit onreset onselect onchange
+
+# If you need to support legacy (pre-1998, aka "transitional") HTML or XHTML,
+# you'll need to uncomment the following deprecated link attributes.
+# Note that these are enabled in earlier mod_proxy_html versions
+#
+# ProxyHTMLLinks	frame		src longdesc
+# ProxyHTMLLinks	iframe		src longdesc
+# ProxyHTMLLinks	body		background
+# ProxyHTMLLinks	applet		codebase
+#
+# If you're dealing with proprietary HTML variants,
+# declare your own URL attributes here as required.
+#
+# ProxyHTMLLinks	myelement	myattr otherattr
+#
+###########
+# EXAMPLE #
+###########
+#
+# To define the URL /my-gateway/ as a gateway to an appserver with address
+# http://some.app.intranet/ on a private network, after loading the
+# modules and including this configuration file:
+#
+# ProxyRequests Off  <-- this is an important security setting
+# ProxyPass /my-gateway/ http://some.app.intranet/
+# <Location /my-gateway/>
+#	ProxyPassReverse /
+#	ProxyHTMLEnable On
+#	ProxyHTMLURLMap http://some.app.intranet/ /my-gateway/
+#	ProxyHTMLURLMap / /my-gateway/
+# </Location>
+#
+# Many (though not all) real-life setups are more complex.
+#
+# See the documentation at
+# http://apache.webthing.com/mod_proxy_html/
+# and the tutorial at
+# http://www.apachetutor.org/admin/reverseproxies
--- a/xampp/httpd.conf
+++ b/xampp/httpd.conf
@ -0,0 +1,525 @@
+#
+# This is the main Apache HTTP server configuration file.  It contains the
+# configuration directives that give the server its instructions.
+# See <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/trunk/> for detailed information.
+# In particular, see 
+# <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/trunk/mod/directives.html>
+# for a discussion of each configuration directive.
+#
+# Do NOT simply read the instructions in here without understanding
+# what they do.  They're here only as hints or reminders.  If you are unsure
+# consult the online docs. You have been warned.  
+#
+# Configuration and logfile names: If the filenames you specify for many
+# of the server's control files begin with "/" (or "drive:/" for Win32), the
+# server will use that explicit path.  If the filenames do *not* begin
+# with "/", the value of ServerRoot is prepended -- so 'log/access_log'
+# with ServerRoot set to '/www' will be interpreted by the
+# server as '/www/log/access_log', where as '/log/access_log' will be
+# interpreted as '/log/access_log'.
+
+#
+# ServerRoot: The top of the directory tree under which the server's
+# configuration, error, and log files are kept.
+#
+# Do not add a slash at the end of the directory path.  If you point
+# ServerRoot at a non-local disk, be sure to specify a local disk on the
+# Mutex directive, if file-based mutexes are used.  If you wish to share the
+# same ServerRoot for multiple httpd daemons, you will need to change at
+# least PidFile.
+#
+ServerRoot "/opt/lampp"
+
+# 
+# Mutex: Allows you to set the mutex mechanism and mutex file directory
+# for individual mutexes, or change the global defaults
+# 
+# Uncomment and change the directory if mutexes are file-based and the default
+# mutex file directory is not on a local disk or is not appropriate for some
+# other reason.
+#
+# Mutex default:logs
+
+#
+# Listen: Allows you to bind Apache to specific IP addresses and/or
+# ports, instead of the default. See also the <VirtualHost>
+# directive.
+#
+# Change this to Listen on specific IP addresses as shown below to 
+# prevent Apache from glomming onto all bound IP addresses.
+#
+#Listen 12.34.56.78:80
+Listen 80
+
+#
+# Dynamic Shared Object (DSO) Support
+#
+# To be able to use the functionality of a module which was built as a DSO you
+# have to place corresponding `LoadModule' lines at this location so the
+# directives contained in it are actually available _before_ they are used.
+# Statically compiled modules (those listed by `httpd -l') do not need
+# to be loaded here.
+#
+# Example:
+# LoadModule foo_module modules/mod_foo.so
+#
+LoadModule authn_file_module modules/mod_authn_file.so
+LoadModule authn_dbm_module modules/mod_authn_dbm.so
+LoadModule authn_anon_module modules/mod_authn_anon.so
+LoadModule authn_dbd_module modules/mod_authn_dbd.so
+LoadModule authn_socache_module modules/mod_authn_socache.so
+LoadModule authn_core_module modules/mod_authn_core.so
+LoadModule authz_host_module modules/mod_authz_host.so
+LoadModule authz_groupfile_module modules/mod_authz_groupfile.so
+LoadModule authz_user_module modules/mod_authz_user.so
+LoadModule authz_dbm_module modules/mod_authz_dbm.so
+LoadModule authz_owner_module modules/mod_authz_owner.so
+LoadModule authz_dbd_module modules/mod_authz_dbd.so
+LoadModule authz_core_module modules/mod_authz_core.so
+LoadModule authnz_ldap_module modules/mod_authnz_ldap.so
+LoadModule access_compat_module modules/mod_access_compat.so
+LoadModule auth_basic_module modules/mod_auth_basic.so
+LoadModule auth_form_module modules/mod_auth_form.so
+LoadModule auth_digest_module modules/mod_auth_digest.so
+LoadModule allowmethods_module modules/mod_allowmethods.so
+LoadModule file_cache_module modules/mod_file_cache.so
+LoadModule cache_module modules/mod_cache.so
+LoadModule cache_disk_module modules/mod_cache_disk.so
+LoadModule socache_shmcb_module modules/mod_socache_shmcb.so
+LoadModule socache_dbm_module modules/mod_socache_dbm.so
+LoadModule socache_memcache_module modules/mod_socache_memcache.so
+LoadModule dbd_module modules/mod_dbd.so
+LoadModule bucketeer_module modules/mod_bucketeer.so
+LoadModule dumpio_module modules/mod_dumpio.so
+LoadModule echo_module modules/mod_echo.so
+LoadModule case_filter_module modules/mod_case_filter.so
+LoadModule case_filter_in_module modules/mod_case_filter_in.so
+LoadModule buffer_module modules/mod_buffer.so
+LoadModule ratelimit_module modules/mod_ratelimit.so
+LoadModule reqtimeout_module modules/mod_reqtimeout.so
+LoadModule ext_filter_module modules/mod_ext_filter.so
+LoadModule request_module modules/mod_request.so
+LoadModule include_module modules/mod_include.so
+LoadModule filter_module modules/mod_filter.so
+LoadModule substitute_module modules/mod_substitute.so
+LoadModule sed_module modules/mod_sed.so
+LoadModule charset_lite_module modules/mod_charset_lite.so
+LoadModule deflate_module modules/mod_deflate.so
+LoadModule mime_module modules/mod_mime.so
+LoadModule ldap_module modules/mod_ldap.so
+LoadModule log_config_module modules/mod_log_config.so
+LoadModule log_debug_module modules/mod_log_debug.so
+LoadModule logio_module modules/mod_logio.so
+LoadModule env_module modules/mod_env.so
+LoadModule mime_magic_module modules/mod_mime_magic.so
+LoadModule cern_meta_module modules/mod_cern_meta.so
+LoadModule expires_module modules/mod_expires.so
+LoadModule headers_module modules/mod_headers.so
+LoadModule usertrack_module modules/mod_usertrack.so
+LoadModule unique_id_module modules/mod_unique_id.so
+LoadModule setenvif_module modules/mod_setenvif.so
+LoadModule version_module modules/mod_version.so
+LoadModule remoteip_module modules/mod_remoteip.so
+LoadModule proxy_module modules/mod_proxy.so
+LoadModule proxy_connect_module modules/mod_proxy_connect.so
+LoadModule proxy_ftp_module modules/mod_proxy_ftp.so
+LoadModule proxy_http_module modules/mod_proxy_http.so
+LoadModule proxy_fcgi_module modules/mod_proxy_fcgi.so
+LoadModule proxy_scgi_module modules/mod_proxy_scgi.so
+LoadModule proxy_ajp_module modules/mod_proxy_ajp.so
+LoadModule proxy_balancer_module modules/mod_proxy_balancer.so
+LoadModule proxy_express_module modules/mod_proxy_express.so
+LoadModule session_module modules/mod_session.so
+LoadModule session_cookie_module modules/mod_session_cookie.so
+LoadModule session_dbd_module modules/mod_session_dbd.so
+LoadModule slotmem_shm_module modules/mod_slotmem_shm.so
+LoadModule ssl_module modules/mod_ssl.so
+LoadModule lbmethod_byrequests_module modules/mod_lbmethod_byrequests.so
+LoadModule lbmethod_bytraffic_module modules/mod_lbmethod_bytraffic.so
+LoadModule lbmethod_bybusyness_module modules/mod_lbmethod_bybusyness.so
+LoadModule lbmethod_heartbeat_module modules/mod_lbmethod_heartbeat.so
+LoadModule unixd_module modules/mod_unixd.so
+LoadModule dav_module modules/mod_dav.so
+LoadModule status_module modules/mod_status.so
+LoadModule autoindex_module modules/mod_autoindex.so
+LoadModule info_module modules/mod_info.so
+LoadModule suexec_module modules/mod_suexec.so
+LoadModule cgi_module modules/mod_cgi.so
+LoadModule cgid_module modules/mod_cgid.so
+LoadModule dav_fs_module modules/mod_dav_fs.so
+LoadModule vhost_alias_module modules/mod_vhost_alias.so
+LoadModule negotiation_module modules/mod_negotiation.so
+LoadModule dir_module modules/mod_dir.so
+LoadModule actions_module modules/mod_actions.so
+LoadModule speling_module modules/mod_speling.so
+LoadModule userdir_module modules/mod_userdir.so
+LoadModule alias_module modules/mod_alias.so
+LoadModule rewrite_module modules/mod_rewrite.so
+
+<IfDefine JUSTTOMAKEAPXSHAPPY>
+LoadModule php4_module        modules/libphp4.so
+LoadModule php5_module        modules/libphp5.so
+</IfDefine>
+
+<IfModule unixd_module>
+#
+# If you wish httpd to run as a different user or group, you must run
+# httpd as root initially and it will switch.  
+#
+# User/Group: The name (or #number) of the user/group to run httpd as.
+# It is usually good practice to create a dedicated user and group for
+# running httpd, as with most system services.
+#
+User http
+Group http
+</IfModule>
+
+# 'Main' server configuration
+#
+# The directives in this section set up the values used by the 'main'
+# server, which responds to any requests that aren't handled by a
+# <VirtualHost> definition.  These values also provide defaults for
+# any <VirtualHost> containers you may define later in the file.
+#
+# All of these directives may appear inside <VirtualHost> containers,
+# in which case these default settings will be overridden for the
+# virtual host being defined.
+#
+
+#
+# ServerAdmin: Your address, where problems with the server should be
+# e-mailed.  This address appears on some server-generated pages, such
+# as error documents.  e.g. admin@your-domain.com
+#
+ServerAdmin you@example.com
+
+#
+# ServerName gives the name and port that the server uses to identify itself.
+# This can often be determined automatically, but we recommend you specify
+# it explicitly to prevent problems during startup.
+#
+# If your host doesn't have a registered DNS name, enter its IP address here.
+#
+#ServerName www.example.com:@@Port@@
+# XAMPP
+ServerName localhost
+
+#
+# Deny access to the entirety of your server's filesystem. You must
+# explicitly permit access to web content directories in other
+# <Directory> blocks below.
+#
+<Directory />
+    AllowOverride none
+    Require all denied
+</Directory>
+
+#
+# Note that from this point forward you must specifically allow
+# particular features to be enabled - so if something's not working as
+# you might expect, make sure that you have specifically enabled it
+# below.
+#
+
+# 
+# DocumentRoot: The directory out of which you will serve your
+# documents. By default, all requests are taken from this directory, but
+# symbolic links and aliases may be used to point to other locations.
+#
+DocumentRoot "/opt/lampp/htdocs"
+<Directory "/opt/lampp/htdocs">
+    #
+    # Possible values for the Options directive are "None", "All",
+    # or any combination of:
+    #   Indexes Includes FollowSymLinks SymLinksifOwnerMatch ExecCGI MultiViews
+    #
+    # Note that "MultiViews" must be named *explicitly* --- "Options All"
+    # doesn't give it to you.
+    #
+    # The Options directive is both complicated and important.  Please see
+    # http://httpd.apache.org/docs/trunk/mod/core.html#options
+    # for more information.
+    #
+    #Options Indexes FollowSymLinks
+    # XAMPP
+    Options Indexes FollowSymLinks ExecCGI Includes
+
+    #
+    # AllowOverride controls what directives may be placed in .htaccess files.
+    # It can be "All", "None", or any combination of the keywords:
+    #   Options FileInfo AuthConfig Limit
+    #
+    #AllowOverride None
+    # since XAMPP 1.4:
+    AllowOverride All
+
+    #
+    # Controls who can get stuff from this server.
+    #
+    Require all granted
+</Directory>
+
+#
+# DirectoryIndex: sets the file that Apache will serve if a directory
+# is requested.
+#
+<IfModule dir_module>
+    #DirectoryIndex index.html
+    # XAMPP
+    DirectoryIndex index.html index.html.var index.php index.php3 index.php4
+</IfModule>
+
+#
+# The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being 
+# viewed by Web clients. 
+#
+<Files ".ht*">
+	Require all denied
+</Files>
+
+#
+# ErrorLog: The location of the error log file.
+# If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a <VirtualHost>
+# container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be
+# logged here.  If you *do* define an error logfile for a <VirtualHost>
+# container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here.
+#
+ErrorLog "logs/error_log"
+
+#
+# LogLevel: Control the number of messages logged to the error_log.
+# Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit,
+# alert, emerg.
+#
+LogLevel warn
+
+<IfModule log_config_module>
+    #
+    # The following directives define some format nicknames for use with
+    # a CustomLog directive (see below).
+    #
+    LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" combined
+    LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b" common
+
+    <IfModule logio_module>
+      # You need to enable mod_logio.c to use %I and %O
+      LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\" %I %O" combinedio
+    </IfModule>
+
+    #
+    # The location and format of the access logfile (Common Logfile Format).
+    # If you do not define any access logfiles within a <VirtualHost>
+    # container, they will be logged here.  Contrariwise, if you *do*
+    # define per-<VirtualHost> access logfiles, transactions will be
+    # logged therein and *not* in this file.
+    #
+    CustomLog "logs/access_log" common
+
+    #
+    # If you prefer a logfile with access, agent, and referer information
+    # (Combined Logfile Format) you can use the following directive.
+    #
+    #CustomLog "logs/access_log" combined
+</IfModule>
+
+<IfModule alias_module>
+    #
+    # Redirect: Allows you to tell clients about documents that used to 
+    # exist in your server's namespace, but do not anymore. The client 
+    # will make a new request for the document at its new location.
+    # Example:
+    # Redirect permanent /foo http://www.example.com/bar
+
+    #
+    # Alias: Maps web paths into filesystem paths and is used to
+    # access content that does not live under the DocumentRoot.
+    # Example:
+    # Alias /webpath /full/filesystem/path
+    #
+    # If you include a trailing / on /webpath then the server will
+    # require it to be present in the URL.  You will also likely
+    # need to provide a <Directory> section to allow access to
+    # the filesystem path.
+
+    #
+    # ScriptAlias: This controls which directories contain server scripts. 
+    # ScriptAliases are essentially the same as Aliases, except that
+    # documents in the target directory are treated as applications and
+    # run by the server when requested rather than as documents sent to the
+    # client.  The same rules about trailing "/" apply to ScriptAlias
+    # directives as to Alias.
+    #
+    ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ "/opt/lampp/cgi-bin/"
+
+    Alias /Sites /home/jonathan/Sites
+</IfModule>
+
+<IfModule cgid_module>
+    #
+    # ScriptSock: On threaded servers, designate the path to the UNIX
+    # socket used to communicate with the CGI daemon of mod_cgid.
+    #
+    #Scriptsock logs/cgisock
+</IfModule>
+
+#
+# "/opt/lampp/cgi-bin" should be changed to whatever your ScriptAliased
+# CGI directory exists, if you have that configured.
+#
+<Directory "/opt/lampp/cgi-bin">
+    AllowOverride None
+    Options None
+    Require all granted
+</Directory>
+
+<IfModule mime_module>
+    #
+    # TypesConfig points to the file containing the list of mappings from
+    # filename extension to MIME-type.
+    #
+    TypesConfig etc/mime.types
+
+    #
+    # AddType allows you to add to or override the MIME configuration
+    # file specified in TypesConfig for specific file types.
+    #
+    #AddType application/x-gzip .tgz
+    #
+    # AddEncoding allows you to have certain browsers uncompress
+    # information on the fly. Note: Not all browsers support this.
+    #
+    #AddEncoding x-compress .Z
+    #AddEncoding x-gzip .gz .tgz
+    #
+    # If the AddEncoding directives above are commented-out, then you
+    # probably should define those extensions to indicate media types:
+    #
+    AddType application/x-compress .Z
+    AddType application/x-gzip .gz .tgz
+
+    #
+    # AddHandler allows you to map certain file extensions to "handlers":
+    # actions unrelated to filetype. These can be either built into the server
+    # or added with the Action directive (see below)
+    #
+    # To use CGI scripts outside of ScriptAliased directories:
+    # (You will also need to add "ExecCGI" to the "Options" directive.)
+    #
+    #AddHandler cgi-script .cgi
+    # XAMPP, since LAMPP 0.9.8:
+    AddHandler cgi-script .cgi .pl
+
+    # For type maps (negotiated resources):
+    #AddHandler type-map var
+
+    #
+    # Filters allow you to process content before it is sent to the client.
+    #
+    # To parse .shtml files for server-side includes (SSI):
+    # (You will also need to add "Includes" to the "Options" directive.)
+    #
+    # XAMPP
+    AddType text/html .shtml
+    AddOutputFilter INCLUDES .shtml
+</IfModule>
+
+#
+# The mod_mime_magic module allows the server to use various hints from the
+# contents of the file itself to determine its type.  The MIMEMagicFile
+# directive tells the module where the hint definitions are located.
+#
+#MIMEMagicFile etc/magic
+
+#
+# Customizable error responses come in three flavors:
+# 1) plain text 2) local redirects 3) external redirects
+#
+# Some examples:
+#ErrorDocument 500 "The server made a boo boo."
+#ErrorDocument 404 /missing.html
+#ErrorDocument 404 "/cgi-bin/missing_handler.pl"
+#ErrorDocument 402 http://www.example.com/subscription_info.html
+#
+
+#
+# MaxRanges: Maximum number of Ranges in a request before
+# returning the entire resource, or one of the special
+# values 'default', 'none' or 'unlimited'.
+# Default setting is to accept 200 Ranges.
+#MaxRanges unlimited
+
+#
+# EnableMMAP and EnableSendfile: On systems that support it, 
+# memory-mapping or the sendfile syscall may be used to deliver
+# files.  This usually improves server performance, but must
+# be turned off when serving from networked-mounted 
+# filesystems or if support for these functions is otherwise
+# broken on your system.
+# Defaults: EnableMMAP On, EnableSendfile Off
+#
+EnableMMAP off
+EnableSendfile off
+
+# Supplemental configuration
+#
+# The configuration files in the etc/extra/ directory can be 
+# included to add extra features or to modify the default configuration of 
+# the server, or you may simply copy their contents here and change as 
+# necessary.
+
+# Server-pool management (MPM specific)
+#Include etc/extra/httpd-mpm.conf
+
+# Multi-language error messages
+Include etc/extra/httpd-multilang-errordoc.conf
+
+# Fancy directory listings
+Include etc/extra/httpd-autoindex.conf
+
+# Language settings
+#Include etc/extra/httpd-languages.conf
+
+# User home directories
+Include etc/extra/httpd-userdir.conf
+
+# Real-time info on requests and configuration
+#Include etc/extra/httpd-info.conf
+
+# Virtual hosts
+Include etc/extra/httpd-vhosts.conf
+
+# Local access to the Apache HTTP Server Manual
+#Include etc/extra/httpd-manual.conf
+
+# Distributed authoring and versioning (WebDAV)
+#Include etc/extra/httpd-dav.conf
+
+# Various default settings
+Include etc/extra/httpd-default.conf
+
+# Configure mod_proxy_html to understand HTML4/XHTML1
+<IfModule proxy_html_module>
+Include etc/extra/proxy-html.conf
+</IfModule>
+
+# Secure (SSL/TLS) connections
+<IfModule ssl_module>
+# XAMPP
+<IfDefine SSL>
+Include etc/extra/httpd-ssl.conf
+</IfDefine>
+</IfModule>
+#
+# Note: The following must must be present to support
+#       starting without SSL on platforms with no /dev/random equivalent
+#       but a statically compiled-in mod_ssl.
+#
+<IfModule ssl_module>
+SSLRandomSeed startup builtin
+SSLRandomSeed connect builtin
+</IfModule>
+
+# XAMPP
+Include etc/extra/httpd-xampp.conf
+Include "/opt/lampp/apache2/conf/httpd.conf"
+